A short introduction of grammar generally to be used compiled and set forth for the bringing up of all those that intend to attain to the knowledge of the Latine tongue.
         Lily, William, 1468?-1522.
      
       
         
           1673
        
      
       Approx. 153 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 42 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2008-09 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A48562
         Wing L2292
         ESTC R33483
         13403145
         ocm 13403145
         99392
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A48562)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 99392)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1552:6)
      
       
         
           
             A short introduction of grammar generally to be used compiled and set forth for the bringing up of all those that intend to attain to the knowledge of the Latine tongue.
             Lily, William, 1468?-1522.
             Colet, John, 1467?-1519.
             Robertson, Thomas, fl. 1520-1561.
          
           [72] p.
           
             Printed by John Hayes ...,
             Cambridge [Cambridgeshire] :
             1673.
          
           
             Compiled by William Lily, John Colet, and Thomas Robertson--NUC pre-1956 imprints.
             Imperfect: print show-through with slight loss of print.
             Reproduction of original in the Cambridge University Library.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Latin language -- Grammar.
        
      
    
     
        2007-07 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2007-08 Aptara
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2007-11 Jonathan Blaney
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2007-11 Jonathan Blaney
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2008-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           A
           Short
           Introduction
           OF
           GRAMMAR
           GENERALLY
           TO
           BE
           USED
           :
        
         
           Compiled
           and
           set
           forth
           for
           the
           bringing
           up
           of
           all
           those
           that
           intend
           to
           attain
           to
           the
           knowledge
           of
           the
           Latine
           tongue
           .
        
         
           CAMBRIDGE
           ,
           ¶
           Printed
           by
           JOHN
           HAYES
           ,
           Printer
           to
           the
           
             Universitie
             .
             Anno
             Dom.
          
           1673.
           
        
      
       
         
         
         
           To
           the
           Reader
           .
        
         
           TO
           exhort
           every
           man
           to
           the
           learning
           of
           Grammar
           that
           intendeth
           to
           attain
           to
           the
           understanding
           of
           the
           tongues
           ,
           (
           wherein
           is
           contained
           a
           great
           treasure
           of
           wisdom
           and
           knowledge
           )
           it
           would
           seem
           much
           vain
           and
           little
           needful
           ;
           for
           so
           much
           as
           it
           is
           to
           be
           known
           that
           nothing
           can
           surely
           be
           ended
           ,
           whose
           beginning
           is
           either
           feeble
           or
           faulty
           ;
           and
           no
           building
           be
           perfect
           ,
           when
           as
           the
           foundation
           and
           ground-work
           is
           ready
           to
           fall
           and
           unable
           to
           uphold
           the
           burden
           of
           the
           frame
           .
           Wherefore
           it
           were
           better
           for
           the
           thing
           it self
           ,
           and
           more
           profitable
           for
           the
           learner
           ,
           to
           understand
           how
           he
           may
           best
           come
           to
           that
           which
           he
           ought
           most
           necessarily
           to
           have
           ,
           and
           to
           learn
           the
           plainest
           way
           of
           obtaining
           that
           which
           must
           be
           his
           best
           and
           certainest
           guide
           ,
           both
           of
           reading
           and
           speaking
           ,
           then
           to
           fall
           in
           doubt
           of
           the
           goodness
           and
           necessity
           thereof
           :
           which
           I
           doubt
           ,
           whether
           he
           shall
           more
           lament
           that
           he
           lacketh
           ,
           or
           esteem
           that
           he
           hath
           it
           :
           and
           whether
           he
           shall
           oftner
           stumble
           at
           trifles
           ,
           and
           be
           deceived
           in
           light
           matters
           ,
           when
           he
           hath
           it
           not
           ;
           or
           judge
           truely
           and
           faithfully
           of
           divers
           weighty
           things
           ,
           when
           he
           hath
           it
           .
           The
           which
           hath
           seemed
           to
           many
           very
           hard
           to
           compass
           aforetime
           ,
           because
           that
           they
           who
           professed
           this
           art
           of
           teaching
           Grammar
           ,
           did
           teach
           divers
           Grammars
           ,
           and
           not
           one
           :
           and
           if
           by
           chance
           they
           taught
           one
           Grammar
           ,
           yet
           they
           did
           it
           diversly
           ,
           and
           so
           could
           not
           do
           it
           all
           best
           ;
           because
           there
           is
           but
           one
           bestness
           ,
           not
           onely
           in
           every
           thing
           ,
           but
           also
           in
           the
           manner
           of
           every
           thing
           .
        
         
           As
           for
           the
           diversity
           of
           Grammars
           ,
           it
           is
           well
           and
           profitably
           taken
           away
           by
           the
           Kings
           Majesties
           wisdom
           ,
           
           who
           foreseeing
           the
           inconvenience
           ,
           and
           favourably
           providing
           the
           remedy
           ,
           caused
           one
           kind
           of
           Grammar
           by
           sundry
           learned
           men
           to
           be
           diligently
           drawn
           ,
           and
           so
           to
           be
           set
           out
           onely
           ,
           every
           where
           to
           be
           taught
           for
           the
           use
           of
           learners
           ,
           and
           for
           avoiding
           the
           hurt
           in
           changing
           of
           Schoolmasters
           .
        
         
           The
           variety
           of
           teaching
           is
           diverse
           yet
           ,
           and
           always
           will
           be
           ;
           for
           that
           every
           Schoolmaster
           liketh
           that
           he
           knoweth
           ,
           and
           seeth
           not
           the
           use
           of
           that
           he
           knoweth
           not
           ;
           and
           therefore
           judgeth
           that
           the
           most
           sufficient
           way
           ,
           which
           he
           seeth
           to
           be
           the
           readiest
           mean
           ,
           and
           perfectest
           kind
           ,
           to
           bring
           a
           learner
           to
           have
           a
           through
           knowledge
           therein
           .
        
         
           Wherefore
           it
           is
           not
           amiss
           ,
           if
           one
           seeing
           by
           tryal
           an
           easier
           and
           readier
           way
           then
           the
           common
           sort
           of
           teachers
           do
           ,
           would
           say
           what
           he
           hath
           proved
           ,
           and
           for
           the
           commoditie
           allowed
           ;
           that
           others
           not
           knowing
           the
           same
           ,
           might
           by
           experience
           prove
           the
           like
           ,
           and
           then
           by
           proof
           reasonable
           judge
           the
           like
           :
           not
           hereby
           excluding
           the
           better
           way
           when
           it
           is
           found
           ;
           but
           in
           the
           mean
           season
           forbidding
           the
           worse
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           and
           chiefest
           point
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           diligent
           Master
           make
           not
           the
           Scholar
           haste
           too
           much
           ;
           but
           that
           he
           in
           continuance
           and
           diligence
           of
           teaching
           ,
           make
           him
           to
           rehearse
           so
           ,
           that
           until
           he
           hath
           perfectly
           that
           which
           is
           behind
           ▪
           he
           suffer
           him
           not
           to
           go
           forward
           :
           for
           this
           posting
           haste
           overthroweth
           and
           hurteth
           a
           great
           sort
           of
           wits
           ,
           and
           casteth
           them
           into
           an
           amazedness
           ,
           when
           they
           know
           not
           how
           they
           shall
           either
           go
           forward
           ,
           for
           backward
           ;
           but
           stick
           fast
           as
           one
           plunged
           ,
           that
           cannot
           tell
           what
           to
           do
           ,
           or
           which
           way
           to
           turn
           him
           :
           and
           then
           the
           Master
           thinketh
           the
           Scholar
           to
           be
           a
           dullard
           ,
           and
           the
           Scholar
           thinketh
           the
           thing
           to
           be
           uneasie
           ,
           and
           too
           hard
           for
           his
           wit
           :
           and
           the
           one
           hath
           an
           evil
           opinion
           of
           the
           other
           ,
           when
           oftentimes
           it
           is
           in
           neither
           ,
           but
           in
           the
           kind
           of
           teaching
           .
           Wherefore
           the
           best
           &
           chiefest
           point
           throughly
           
           to
           be
           kept
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Scholar
           have
           in
           mind
           so
           perfectly
           that
           which
           he
           hath
           learned
           ,
           and
           understand
           it
           so
           ,
           that
           not
           onely
           it
           be
           not
           a
           stop
           for
           him
           ,
           but
           also
           a
           light
           and
           help
           unto
           the
           residue
           that
           followeth
           .
           This
           shall
           be
           the
           Masters
           ease
           ,
           and
           the
           childs
           encouraging
           ,
           when
           the
           one
           shall
           see
           his
           labour
           take
           good
           effect
           ,
           and
           thereby
           in
           teaching
           be
           less
           tormented
           ;
           and
           the
           other
           shall
           think
           the
           thing
           the
           easier
           ,
           and
           so
           with
           more
           gladness
           be
           ready
           to
           go
           about
           the
           same
           .
        
         
           In
           going
           forward
           ,
           let
           him
           have
           of
           every
           declension
           of
           Nouns
           ,
           and
           conjugation
           of
           Verbs
           ,
           so
           many
           several
           examples
           as
           they
           pass
           them
           ;
           that
           it
           may
           seem
           to
           the
           Schoolmaster
           ,
           no
           word
           in
           the
           Latine
           tongue
           to
           be
           so
           hard
           for
           that
           part
           ,
           as
           the
           Scholar
           shall
           not
           be
           able
           ,
           praisably
           ,
           to
           enter
           into
           the
           forming
           thereof
           .
           And
           surely
           the
           multitude
           of
           examples
           (
           if
           the
           easiest
           and
           commonest
           be
           taken
           first
           ,
           and
           so
           come
           to
           the
           stranger
           and
           harder
           )
           must
           needs
           bring
           this
           profit
           withall
           ,
           that
           the
           Scholar
           shall
           best
           understand
           ,
           and
           soonest
           conceive
           the
           reason
           of
           the
           rules
           ,
           and
           best
           be
           acquainted
           with
           the
           fashion
           of
           the
           tongue
           Wherein
           it
           is
           profitable
           ,
           not
           onely
           that
           he
           can
           orderly
           decline
           his
           Noun
           ,
           and
           his
           Verb
           ;
           but
           every
           way
           ,
           forward
           ,
           backward
           ,
           by
           cases
           ,
           by
           persons
           :
           that
           neither
           case
           of
           Noun
           ,
           nor
           person
           of
           Verb
           can
           be
           required
           ,
           that
           he
           cannot
           without
           stop
           or
           study
           tell
           .
           And
           untill
           this
           time
           I
           count
           not
           the
           Scholar
           perfect
           ,
           nor
           ready
           to
           go
           any
           further
           till
           he
           hath
           this
           already
           learned
           .
        
         
           This
           when
           he
           can
           perfectly
           do
           ,
           and
           hath
           learned
           every
           part
           ,
           not
           by
           rote
           ,
           but
           by
           reason
           ,
           and
           is
           more
           cunning
           in
           the
           understanding
           of
           the
           thing
           ,
           then
           in
           rehearsing
           of
           the
           words
           (
           which
           is
           not
           past
           a
           quarter
           of
           a
           years
           diligence
           ,
           or
           very
           little
           more
           ,
           to
           a
           painful
           and
           diligent
           man
           ,
           if
           the
           Scholar
           have
           a
           mean
           wit
           )
           then
           let
           him
           pass
           to
           the
           Concords
           ,
           to
           know
           the
           agreement
           of
           parts
           among
           themselves
           ,
           with
           like
           way
           and
           diligence
           as
           is
           afore
           described
           .
        
         
         
           Wherein
           plain
           and
           sundry
           examples
           ,
           and
           continual
           rehearsal
           of
           things
           learned
           ,
           and
           specially
           the
           daily
           declining
           of
           a
           Verb
           ,
           and
           turning
           him
           into
           all
           fashions
           ,
           shall
           make
           the
           great
           and
           heavy
           labour
           so
           easie
           and
           so
           pleasant
           for
           the
           framing
           of
           sentences
           ,
           that
           it
           will
           be
           rather
           a
           delight
           unto
           them
           that
           they
           be
           able
           to
           do
           well
           ;
           then
           pain
           in
           searching
           of
           an
           unused
           and
           unacquainted
           thing
           .
        
         
           When
           these
           Concords
           be
           well
           known
           unto
           them
           ,
           (
           an
           easie
           and
           pleasant
           pain
           ,
           if
           the
           fore-grounds
           be
           well
           and
           throughly
           beaten
           in
           )
           let
           them
           not
           continue
           in
           learning
           of
           their
           rules
           orderly
           ,
           as
           they
           lie
           in
           their
           Syntax
           ,
           but
           rather
           learn
           some
           pretty
           book
           wherein
           is
           contained
           not
           onely
           the
           eloquence
           of
           the
           tongue
           ,
           but
           also
           a
           good
           plain
           lesson
           of
           honesty
           and
           godliness
           ;
           and
           thereof
           take
           some
           little
           sentence
           as
           it
           lieth
           ,
           and
           learn
           to
           make
           the
           same
           first
           out
           of
           English
           into
           Latine
           ,
           not
           seeing
           the
           book
           or
           construing
           it
           thereupon
           .
           And
           if
           there
           fall
           any
           necessary
           rule
           of
           the
           Syntax
           to
           be
           known
           ,
           then
           to
           learn
           it
           ,
           as
           the
           occasion
           of
           the
           sentence
           giveth
           cause
           that
           day
           :
           which
           sentence
           once
           made
           well
           ,
           and
           as
           nigh
           as
           may
           be
           with
           the
           words
           of
           the
           book
           ,
           then
           to
           take
           the
           book
           and
           construe
           it
           ;
           and
           so
           shall
           he
           be
           less
           troubled
           with
           the
           parsing
           of
           it
           ,
           and
           easiliest
           carry
           his
           lesson
           in
           mind
           .
        
         
           And
           although
           it
           was
           said
           before
           ,
           that
           the
           Scholars
           should
           learn
           but
           a
           little
           at
           once
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           meant
           that
           when
           the
           Master
           hath
           heard
           them
           a
           while
           ,
           he
           should
           let
           them
           alone
           (
           for
           that
           were
           more
           negligence
           for
           both
           parts
           )
           but
           I
           would
           ,
           all
           their
           time
           they
           be
           at
           school
           ,
           they
           should
           never
           be
           idle
           ,
           but
           always
           occupied
           in
           a
           continual
           rehearsing
           and
           looking
           back
           again
           to
           those
           things
           they
           have
           learned
           ,
           and
           be
           more
           bound
           to
           keep
           well
           their
           old
           ,
           then
           to
           take
           forth
           any
           new
           .
        
         
           Thus
           if
           the
           Master
           occupie
           them
           he
           shall
           see
           a
           little
           lesson
           take
           a
           great
           deal
           of
           time
           ,
           and
           diligently
           enquiring
           
           and
           examining
           of
           the
           parts
           and
           the
           rules
           ,
           not
           to
           be
           done
           so
           quickly
           and
           speedily
           as
           it
           might
           be
           thought
           to
           be
           :
           within
           a
           while
           by
           this
           use
           ,
           the
           Scholar
           shall
           be
           brought
           to
           a
           good
           kind
           of
           readiness
           of
           making
           ,
           to
           the
           which
           if
           there
           be
           adjoyned
           some
           use
           of
           speaking
           (
           which
           must
           necessarily
           be
           had
           )
           he
           shall
           be
           brought
           past
           the
           wearisome
           bitterness
           of
           his
           learning
           .
        
         
           A
           great
           help
           to
           further
           this
           readiness
           of
           making
           and
           speaking
           shall
           be
           ,
           if
           the
           Master
           give
           him
           an
           English
           book
           ,
           and
           cause
           him
           ordinarily
           every
           day
           to
           turn
           some
           part
           into
           Latine
           .
           This
           exercise
           cannot
           be
           done
           without
           his
           rules
           ,
           and
           therefore
           doth
           establish
           them
           ,
           and
           ground
           them
           surely
           in
           his
           mind
           for
           readiness
           ,
           and
           makerh
           him
           more
           able
           to
           speak
           suddenly
           ,
           whensoever
           any
           present
           occasion
           is
           offered
           for
           the
           same
           .
           And
           it
           doth
           help
           his
           learning
           more
           a
           great
           deal
           ,
           to
           turn
           out
           of
           English
           into
           Latine
           ,
           then
           on
           the
           contrary
           .
        
         
           Furthermore
           we
           see
           many
           can
           understand
           Latine
           ,
           that
           cannot
           speak
           it
           ;
           and
           when
           they
           read
           the
           Latine
           word
           in
           the
           book
           ,
           can
           tell
           you
           the
           English
           thereof
           at
           any
           time
           :
           but
           when
           they
           have
           laid
           away
           their
           book
           ,
           they
           cannot
           contrariwise
           tell
           you
           for
           the
           English
           the
           Latine
           again
           ,
           whensoever
           you
           will
           ask
           them
           .
           And
           therefore
           this
           exercise
           helpeth
           this
           sore
           well
           ,
           and
           maketh
           those
           words
           which
           he
           understandeth
           ,
           to
           be
           readier
           by
           use
           unto
           him
           ,
           and
           so
           perfecteth
           him
           in
           the
           tongue
           handsomely
           .
        
         
           These
           precepts
           ,
           well
           kept
           ,
           will
           bring
           a
           man
           clear
           past
           the
           use
           of
           this
           Grammar
           book
           ,
           and
           make
           him
           as
           ready
           as
           his
           book
           ,
           and
           so
           meet
           to
           further
           things
           ▪
           whereof
           it
           were
           out
           of
           season
           to
           give
           precepts
           here
           .
           And
           therefore
           this
           may
           be
           for
           this
           purpose
           enough
           ,
           which
           to
           good
           Schoolmasters
           and
           ●kilful
           is
           not
           so
           needful
           ,
           to
           other
           meaner
           and
           less
           practised
           it
           may
           be
           not
           onely
           worth
           the
           labour
           of
           reading
           ,
           but
           also
           of
           the
           using
           .
        
         
         
         
         
      
       
         
         
           An
           Advertisement
           to
           the
           READER
           .
        
         
           IN
           this
           Impression
           ,
           for
           the
           greater
           profit
           and
           ease
           both
           of
           Master
           and
           Scholar
           ,
           in
           the
           English
           rules
           ,
           and
           in
           the
           Latine
           Syntax
           ,
           these
           words
           ,
           wherein
           the
           force
           of
           each
           example
           lieth
           ,
           are
           noted
           with
           letters
           and
           figures
           ,
           where
           need
           is
           :
           the
           governour
           ,
           directour
           or
           guider
           ,
           or
           that
           which
           is
           in
           place
           of
           it
           with
           an
           a
           ;
           the
           governed
           ,
           or
           that
           which
           is
           guided
           by
           it
           with
           b
           :
           Or
           if
           there
           be
           more
           governours
           ,
           the
           first
           with
           ●
           ,
           the
           second
           with
           aa
           ;
           and
           so
           if
           more
           governeds
           ,
           the
           first
           with
           b
           ,
           the
           second
           with
           bb
           :
           and
           sometimes
           the
           order
           is
           directed
           by
           a
           ,
           b
           ,
           c
           ;
           or
           by
           figures
           ,
           and
           words
           of
           the
           same
           and
           such
           like
           nature
           ,
           coupled
           together
           with
           little
           strokes
           between
           ,
           so
           much
           as
           may
           be
           .
           That
           so
           in
           saying
           the
           ensamples
           ,
           the
           children
           may
           (
           where
           or
           when
           the
           Master
           pleaseth
           )
           render
           again
           onely
           those
           words
           which
           are
           the
           ensample
           ;
           as
           saying
           ,
           
             Quis
             nisi
          
           b
           mentis
           a
           
             inops
             oblatum
             respuat
             aurum
          
           ?
           may
           repeat
           again
           ,
           a
           
             inops
             ,
             b
          
           mentis
           .
           So
           throughout
           all
           the
           Latine
           rules
           ,
           for
           the
           better
           understanding
           thereof
           ,
           and
           for
           a
           short
           repetition
           ,
           when
           the
           Master
           pleaseth
           ,
           the
           sums
           of
           all
           the
           rules
           are
           set
           down
           ,
           either
           in
           the
           words
           before
           the
           rule
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           margin
           ,
           that
           so
           they
           may
           be
           chained
           together
           briefly
           ,
           and
           make
           perfect
           sense
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Latine
           letters
           are
           thus
           written
           .
           
             
               The
               capital
               letters
               ,
               
                 
                   A
                   B
                   C
                   D
                   E
                   F
                   G
                   H
                   J
                   I
                   K
                   L
                   M
                   N
                   O
                   P
                   Q
                   R
                   S
                   T
                   V
                   U
                   X
                   Y
                   Z.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     A
                     B
                     C
                     D
                     E
                     F
                     G
                     H
                     J
                     I
                     K
                     L
                     M
                     N
                     O
                     P
                     Q
                     R
                     S
                     T
                     V
                     V
                     X
                     Y
                     Z.
                     
                  
                
              
            
             
               The
               small
               letters
               ,
               
                 
                   a
                   b
                   c
                   d
                   e
                   f
                   g
                   h
                   j
                   i
                   k
                   l
                   m
                   n
                   o
                   p
                   q
                   r
                   s
                   S
                   t
                   v
                   u
                   x
                   y
                   z.
                   
                
                 
                   
                     a
                     b
                     c
                     d
                     e
                     f
                     g
                     h
                     j
                     i
                     k
                     l
                     m
                     n
                     o
                     p
                     q
                     r
                     s
                     s
                     t
                     v
                     u
                     x
                     y
                     z.
                     
                  
                
              
            
          
        
         
           Letters
           are
           divided
           into
           vowels
           and
           consonants
           .
           
             
               A
               vowel
               is
               a
               letter
               which
               maketh
               a
               full
               and
               perfect
               sound
               of
               it self
               ;
               and
               there
               are
               five
               in
               number
               :
               namely
               ,
               
                 a
                 ,
                 e
                 ,
                 i
                 ,
                 o
                 ,
                 u
              
               ;
               whereunto
               is
               added
               the
               Greek
               vowel
               y.
               
            
             
               A
               consonant
               is
               a
               letter
               which
               must
               needs
               be
               sounded
               with
               a
               vowel
               ;
               as
               b
               with
               e.
               And
               all
               the
               letters
               ,
               except
               the
               vowels
               ,
               are
               consonants
               .
            
             
               A
               syllable
               is
               the
               pronouncing
               of
               one
               letter
               or
               more
               with
               one
               breath
               ;
               as
               ,
               A-ve
               .
            
             
               A
               diphthong
               is
               the
               sound
               of
               two
               vowels
               in
               one
               syllable
               ,
               and
               of
               them
               there
               be
               four
               in
               number
               ;
               namely
               ,
               
                 ae
                 ,
                 oe
                 ,
                 au
                 ,
                 eu
              
               ;
               whereunto
               is
               added
               ei
               :
               as
               
                 Aeneas
                 ,
                 coena
                 ,
                 audio
                 ,
                 euge
                 ,
                 hei
                 .
              
            
             
               In
               stead
               of
               ae
               and
               oe
               ,
               we
               commonly
               do
               pronounce
               e.
               
            
          
        
         
           
             
               The
               Greek
               letters
               are
               thus
               written
               .
            
             
               In
               capital
               letters
               ,
            
             
               Α
               Β
               Γ
               Δ
               Ε
               Ζ
               Η
               Θ
               Ι
               Κ
               Λ
               Μ
               Ν
               Ξ
               Ο
               Π
               Ρ
               Σ
               Τ
               Υ
               Φ
               Χ
               Ψ
               Ω.
               
            
             
               The
               small
               letters
               ,
            
             
               α
               β
               γ
               δ
               ε
               ζ
               η
               θ
               ι
               κ
               λ
               μ
               ν
               ξ
               ο
               π
               ρ
               σ
               τ
               υ
               φ
               χ
               ψ
               ω.
               
            
          
        
      
       
         
           
           
             PRECATIO
             .
          
           
             DOmine
             Pater
             ,
             coeli
             ac
             terrae
             Effector
             ,
             qui
             liberaliter
             tribuis
             sapientiam
             omnibus
             eam
             cum
             fiducia
             abs
             te
             petentibus
             ,
             exorna
             ingenii
             mei
             bonitatem
             ,
             quam
             cum
             caeteris
             naturae
             viribus
             mihi
             infudisti
             ,
             lumine
             divinae
             gratiae
             tuae
             :
             ut
             non
             modò
             quae
             ad
             cognoscendum
             te
             &
             Servatorem
             nostrum
             Dominum
             Jesum
             valeant
             intelligam
             ;
             sed
             etiam
             ita
             mente
             &
             voluntate
             persequar
             ,
             &
             indies
             benignitate
             tuâ
             ,
             cum
             doctrinâ
             ,
             tum
             pietate
             proficiam
             :
             ut
             qui
             efficis
             omnia
             in
             omnibus
             ,
             in
             me
             resplendescere
             dona
             tua
             facias
             ,
             ad
             gloriam
             sempiternam
             immortalis
             Majestatis
             tuae
             .
             Amen
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             PRAYER
             .
          
           
             O
             Almighty
             Lord
             and
             merciful
             Father
             ,
             maker
             of
             heaven
             &
             earth
             ,
             which
             of
             thy
             free
             liberality
             givest
             wisdome
             abundantly
             to
             all
             that
             with
             faith
             and
             full
             assurance
             ask
             it
             of
             thee
             ,
             beautifie
             by
             the
             light
             of
             thy
             heavenly
             grace
             the
             towardness
             of
             my
             wit
             ,
             the
             which
             with
             all
             powers
             of
             nature
             thou
             hast
             poured
             into
             me
             ;
             that
             I
             may
             not
             onely
             understand
             those
             things
             which
             may
             effectually
             bring
             me
             to
             the
             knowledge
             of
             thee
             ,
             and
             the
             Lord
             Iesus
             our
             Saviour
             ;
             but
             also
             ,
             with
             my
             whole
             heart
             and
             will
             constantly
             follow
             the
             same
             ,
             and
             receive
             daily
             increase
             through
             thy
             bountiful
             goodness
             towards
             me
             ,
             as
             well
             in
             good
             life
             as
             doctrine
             :
             so
             that
             thou
             ,
             which
             workest
             all
             things
             in
             all
             creatures
             ,
             mayest
             make
             thy
             gracious
             benefits
             shine
             in
             me
             ,
             to
             the
             endless
             glory
             and
             honour
             of
             thine
             immortal
             Majesty
             .
             So
             be
             it
             .
          
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           An
           Introduction
           of
           the
           eight
           parts
           of
           LATINE
           Speech
           .
        
         
           IN
           Speech
           be
           these
           eight
           parts
           following
           :
        
         
           
             declined
             .
             
               
                 Noun
                 ,
              
               
                 Pronoun
                 ,
              
               
                 Verb
                 ,
              
               
                 Participle
                 ,
              
            
          
           
             undeclined
             .
             
               
                 Adverb
                 ,
              
               
                 Conjunction
                 ,
              
               
                 Preposition
                 ,
              
               
                 Interjection
                 .
              
            
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           a
           Noun
           .
        
         
           A
           Noun
           is
           the
           name
           of
           a
           thing
           that
           may
           be
           seen
           ,
           
           felt
           ,
           heard
           ,
           or
           understood
           :
           as
           the
           name
           of
           my
           hand
           in
           Latine
           ,
           is
           manus
           ;
           the
           name
           of
           an
           house
           ,
           is
           domus
           ;
           the
           name
           of
           goodness
           ,
           is
           bonitas
           .
        
         
           Of
           Nouns
           ,
           
           some
           be
           Substantives
           ,
           and
           some
           be
           Adjectives
           .
        
         
           A
           Noun
           Substantive
           is
           that
           standeth
           by
           himself
           ,
           
           and
           required
           not
           another
           word
           to
           be
           joyned
           with
           him
           to
           shew
           his
           signification
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Homo
             ,
             
               a
               man
            
          
           :
           And
           it
           is
           declined
           with
           one
           article
           ;
           as
           ,
           
             Hic
             magister
             ,
             
               a
               master
            
          
           :
           or
           else
           with
           two
           at
           the
           most
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Hic
             &
             haec
             parens
             ,
             
               a
               father
               or
               mother
            
          
           ,
        
         
           A
           Noun
           Adjective
           is
           that
           cannot
           stand
           by
           it self
           in
           reason
           or
           signification
           ,
           
           but
           requireth
           to
           be
           joyned
           with
           another
           word
           :
           as
           ,
           
             ●onus
             ,
             good
             .
             Pulcher
             ,
             fair
             .
          
           And
           it
           is
           declined
           either
           with
           three
           terminations
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Bonus
             ,
             bona
             ,
             bonum
          
           :
           or
           else
           with
           three
           articles
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Hic
             ,
             haec
             ,
             &
             hoc
             Felix
             ,
             happy
             :
             Hic
             &
             haec
             Levis
             ,
             &
             hoc
             Leve
             ,
             light
             .
          
        
         
           A
           Noun
           Substantive
           either
           is
           proper
           to
           the
           thing
           that
           it
           betokeneth
           :
           
           as
           ,
           Edvardus
           is
           my
           proper
           name
           :
           or
           else
           is
           common
           to
           more
           ;
           as
           ,
           ●omo
           is
           a
           common
           name
           to
           all
           men
           .
        
         
           
           
             Numbers
             of
             Nouns
             .
          
           
             IN
             Nouns
             be
             two
             Numbers
             ,
             the
             Singular
             and
             the
             Plural
             .
             The
             singular
             number
             speaketh
             but
             of
             one
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Lapis
               ,
               
                 a
                 stone
              
            
             .
             The
             plural
             number
             speaketh
             of
             more
             then
             one
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Lapides
               ,
               stones
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             Cases
             of
             Nouns
             .
          
           
             NOuns
             be
             declined
             with
             six
             cases
             ,
             Singularly
             and
             Plurally
             :
             the
             Nominative
             ,
             the
             Genitive
             ,
             the
             Dative
             ,
             the
             Accusative
             ,
             the
             Vocative
             ,
             and
             the
             Ablative
             .
          
           
             The
             Nominative
             case
             cometh
             before
             the
             Verb
             ,
             
             and
             answereth
             to
             this
             question
             ,
             Who
             or
             What
             ?
             as
             ,
             
               Magister
               docet
               ,
               
                 the
                 Master
                 teacheth
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Genitive
             case
             is
             known
             by
             this
             token
             Of
             :
             
             and
             answereth
             to
             this
             question
             ,
             Whose
             or
             whereof
             ?
             as
             ,
             
               Doctrina
               Magistri
               ,
               
                 The
                 learning
                 of
                 the
                 Master
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Dative
             case
             is
             known
             by
             this
             token
             To
             :
             
             and
             answereth
             to
             this
             question
             ,
             To
             whom
             ?
             or
             To
             what
             ?
             as
             ,
             
               Do
               librum
               Magistro
               ,
               
                 I
                 give
                 a
                 book
                 to
                 the
                 Master
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Accusative
             case
             followeth
             the
             Verb
             ,
             
             and
             answereth
             to
             this
             question
             ,
             Whom
             or
             what
             ?
             as
             ,
             
               Amo
               Magistrum
               ,
               
                 I
                 love
                 the
                 Master
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Vocative
             case
             is
             known
             by
             calling
             or
             speaking
             to
             :
             as
             ,
             
             
               O
               Magister
               ,
               
                 O
                 Master
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Ablative
             case
             is
             commonly
             joyned
             with
             Prepositions
             serving
             to
             the
             Ablative
             case
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               De
               Magistro
               ,
               
                 Of
                 the
                 Master
              
               ,
               Coram
               Magistro
               ,
               
                 Before
                 the
                 Master
              
               .
            
          
           
             Also
             In
             ,
             With
             ,
             Through
             ,
             For
             ,
             From
             ,
             By
             ,
             and
             Then
             after
             the
             Comparative
             degree
             ,
             be
             signs
             of
             the
             Ablative
             case
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             Articles
             .
          
           
             ARticles
             are
             borrowed
             of
             the
             Pronoun
             ,
             and
             be
             thus
             declined
             :
          
           
             
               Singulariter
               ,
            
             
               Nominat
               .
               hic
               ,
               haec
               ,
               hoc
               .
            
             
               Genitivo
               hujus
               .
            
             
               Dativo
               huic
               .
            
             
               Ac.
               hunc
               ,
               hanc
               ,
               hoc
               .
            
             
               Vocativo
               caret
               .
            
             
               Ablativo
               hoc
               ,
               hac
               ,
               hoc
               .
            
             
               Pluraliter
               ,
            
             
               Nomin
               .
               hi
               ,
               hae
               ,
               haec
               .
            
             
               Gen.
               horum
               ,
               harum
               ,
               horum
               .
            
             
               Dativo
               his
               .
            
             
               Accus
               .
               hos
               ,
               has
               ,
               haec
               .
            
             
               Vocativo
               caret
               .
            
             
               Ablativo
               his
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             Genders
             of
             Nouns
             .
          
           
             GEnders
             of
             Nouns
             be
             seven
             :
             the
             Masculine
             ,
             the
             Feminine
             ,
             the
             Neuter
             ,
             the
             Commune
             of
             two
             ,
             the
             Commune
             of
             three
             ,
             the
             Doubtful
             and
             the
             Epicene
             .
          
           
             The
             Masculine
             Gender
             is
             declined
             with
             this
             article
             Hic
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Hic
               vir
               ,
               
                 a
                 man.
              
            
             
          
           
             The
             Feminine
             Gender
             is
             declined
             with
             this
             article
             Haec
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Haec
               mulier
               ,
               
                 a
                 woman
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Neuter
             Gender
             is
             declined
             with
             this
             article
             Hoc
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Hoc
               saxum
               ,
               
                 a
                 stone
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Commune
             of
             two
             is
             declined
             with
             Hic
             ,
             and
             haec
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Hic
               &
               haec
               parens
               ,
               
                 a
                 father
                 or
                 mother
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Commune
             of
             three
             is
             declined
             with
             
               Hic
               ,
               haec
            
             ,
             and
             hoc
             ,
             as
             
               Hic
               ,
               haec
               &
               hoc
               felix
               ,
               happy
               .
            
          
           
             The
             Doubtful
             Gender
             is
             declined
             with
             Hic
             ,
             or
             haec
             :
             as
             ,
             
               hic
               vel
               haec
               dies
               ,
               
                 a
                 day
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             Epicene
             Gender
             is
             declined
             with
             one
             article
             ;
             and
             under
             that
             one
             article
             both
             kinds
             are
             signified
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Hic
               passer
               ,
               
                 a
                 sparrow
              
               .
               Haec
               aquila
               ,
               
                 an
                 eagle
              
               ,
            
             both
             he
             and
             she
             .
          
        
         
           
           
             The
             Declensions
             of
             Nouns
             .
             The
             e
             be
             five
             declensions
             of
             Nouns
             .
          
           
             THe
             first
             is
             ,
             
             when
             the
             Genitive
             &
             Dative
             case
             singular
             end
             in
             ae
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             am
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             â
             :
             The
             Nominative
             plural
             in
             ae
             :
             The
             Genitive
             in
             arum
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             is
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             as
             :
             the
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             is
             :
          
           
             
               
                 
                   As
                   in
                   example
                   :
                
              
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   
                   haec
                   Musa
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   hae
                   musae
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   hujus
                   musae
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Ge.
                   harum
                   musarum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   musae
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   his
                   musis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accus
                   .
                   hanc
                   musam
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   has
                   musas
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   musa
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   musae
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   hac
                   musa
                   .
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   his
                   musis
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Note
             that
             Filia
             and
             Nata
             ,
             
             do
             make
             the
             Dative
             and
             the
             Ab●ative
             plural
             in
             is
             ,
             or
             in
             abus
             :
             Also
             
               dea
               ,
               mula
               ,
               equa
               ,
               liberta
               ,
            
             make
             the
             Dative
             and
             the
             Ablative
             case
             plural
             in
             abus
             onely
             .
          
           
             THe
             second
             is
             ,
             
             when
             the
             Genitive
             case
             singular
             endeth
             in
             i
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             o
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             um
             :
             The
             Vocative
             for
             the
             most
             part
             like
             t●e
             Nomin
             .
             The
             Ablative
             in
             o
             :
             The
             Nom.
             plural
             in
             i
             :
             The
             Genitive
             in
             orum
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             is
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             os
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             the
             ablative
             in
             is
             .
             
               
                 
                   As
                   in
                   example
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   
                   hic
                   magister
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   .
                
                 
                   Nomina
                   .
                   hi
                   magistri
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   
                   hujus
                   magistri
                   .
                
                 
                   Ge.
                   horū
                   magistrorū
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   magistro
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   his
                   magistris
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   
                   hunc
                   magistrum
                   .
                
                 
                   Accus
                   .
                   hos
                   magistros
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   magister
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   magistri
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   
                   ab
                   hoc
                   magistro
                   .
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   his
                   magistris
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Here
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             
             that
             ,
             when
             the
             Nominative
             endeth
             in
             us
             ,
             the
             vocative
             shall
             end
             in
             e
             :
             as
             ,
             
             
               Nominativo
               hic
               Dominus
               ,
               Vocativo
               ô
               Domine
               .
            
             Except
             Deus
             ,
             that
             maketh
             
               ô
               Deus
            
             ;
             and
             Filius
             ,
             that
             maketh
             
               ô
               Fili.
            
             
          
           
             When
             the
             Nominative
             endeth
             in
             ius
             ,
             if
             it
             be
             a
             proper
             name
             of
             a
             man
             ,
             the
             Vocative
             shall
             end
             in
             i
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Nominativo
               hic
               Georgius
               ,
               Vocativo
               ô
               Georgi
               .
            
          
           
             Also
             these
             Nouns
             following
             make
             their
             Vocative
             in
             e
             ,
             or
             in
             
               us
               :
               Agnus
               ,
               lucus
               ,
               vulgus
               ,
               populus
               ,
               chorus
               ,
               fluvius
               .
            
          
           
             Note
             also
             that
             all
             Nouns
             of
             the
             Neuter
             .
             
             Gender
             ,
             of
             what
             declension
             soever
             they
             be
             ,
             have
             the
             Nominative
             ,
             the
             Accusative
             ,
             and
             the
             Vocative
             alike
             in
             both
             numbers
             ,
             and
             in
             the
             plural
             number
             they
             end
             all
             in
             a
             :
             As
             in
             example
             ;
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   .
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   hoc
                   regnum
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   haec
                   regna
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   hujus
                   regni
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   
                   horum
                   regnorum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   regno
                   .
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   his
                   regnis
                   .
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   hoc
                   regnum
                
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   
                   haec
                   regna
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   regnum
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   regna
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   hoc
                   regno
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   his
                   regnis
                   ,
                
              
            
          
           
             Except
             Ambo
             and
             Duo
             ,
             which
             make
             the
             Neuter
             Gender
             in
             o
             ,
             and
             be
             thus
             declined
             .
             
               
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   ambo
                   ,
                   ambae
                   ,
                   ambo
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   amborum
                   ,
                   ambarum
                   ,
                   amborum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   ambobus
                   ,
                   ambabus
                   ,
                   ambobus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accusativo
                   ambos
                   ,
                   ambas
                   ,
                   ambo
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ambo
                   ,
                   ambae
                   ,
                   ambo
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   Ambobus
                   ,
                   ambabus
                   ,
                   ambobus
                   .
                   
                     Likewise
                     Duo
                  
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             THe
             third
             is
             ,
             
             when
             the
             Genitive
             case
             singular
             endeth
             in
             is
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             i
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             em
             ,
             and
             sometime
             in
             im
             ,
             &
             sometime
             in
             both
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             e
             ,
             or
             i
             ,
             and
             sometime
             in
             both
             :
             The
             Nominative
             plural
             in
             es
             :
             The
             Genitive
             in
             um
             ,
             &
             sometime
             in
             ium
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             bus
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             es
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             bus
             .
          
           
             
               
               
                 
                   As
                   in
                   example
                   ;
                
              
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   
                   hic
                   lapis
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   hi
                   lapides
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   
                   hujus
                   lapidis
                   .
                
                 
                   Gen.
                   horum
                   lapidum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   lapidi
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   his
                   lapidibus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accus
                   .
                   
                   hunc
                   lapidem
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   hos
                   lapides
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   lapis
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   lapides
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   hoc
                   lapide
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   his
                   lapidibus
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   No.
                   
                   hic
                   &
                   haec
                   parens
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   No.
                   hi
                   &
                   hae
                   parentes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   hujus
                   parentis
                
                 
                   Gen.
                   horum
                   &
                   harum
                   parentum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   parenti
                   .
                
                 
                   Dat.
                   his
                   parentibus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accus
                   .
                   
                   hunc
                   &
                   hanc
                   parentem
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   A.
                   hos
                   &
                   has
                   parentes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Voc
                   ô
                   parens
                
                 
                   Voc.
                   ô
                   parentes
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   
                   ab
                   hoc
                   &
                   hac
                   parente
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   his
                   parentibus
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             THe
             fourth
             is
             ,
             
             when
             the
             Genitive
             case
             singular
             endeth
             in
             us
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             ui
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             um
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             the
             Ablative
             in
             u.
             The
             Nominative
             plural
             in
             us
             :
             The
             Genitive
             in
             uum
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             ibus
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             us
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             ibus
             ,
             
               
                 
                   As
                   in
                   example
                   :
                
              
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   
                   haec
                   manus
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   hae
                   manus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genit
                   hujus
                   manûs
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Gen.
                   harum
                   manuum
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   manui
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Dat.
                   his
                   manibus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accus
                   .
                   hanc
                   manum
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   has
                   manus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   manus
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   manus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   hac
                   manu
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   his
                   manibus
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             THe
             fifth
             is
             ,
             when
             the
             Genitive
             and
             Dative
             case
             singular
             do
             end
             in
             ei
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             em
             :
             
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             e.
             The
             Nominative
             plural
             in
             es
             :
             The
             Genitive
             in
             erum
             :
             The
             Dative
             in
             ebus
             :
             The
             Accusative
             in
             es
             :
             The
             Vocative
             like
             the
             Nominative
             :
             The
             Ablative
             in
             ebus
             .
             
               
               
                 
                   As
                   in
                   example
                   :
                
              
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   hic
                   meridies
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   
                   hi
                   meridies
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   hujus
                   meridiei
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   
                   horum
                   meridierum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dat.
                   huic
                   meridiei
                   .
                
                 
                   Dat.
                   
                   his
                   meridiebus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   hunc
                   meridiem
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   hos
                   meridies
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   meridies
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   meridies
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   hoc
                   meridie
                   .
                
                 
                   Ab.
                   ab
                   his
                   meridiebus
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Note
             that
             all
             nouns
             of
             the
             fifth
             declension
             be
             of
             the
             feminine
             gender
             ,
             except
             meridies
             and
             dies
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             declining
             of
             Adjectives
             .
          
           
             A
             Noun
             adjective
             of
             three
             terminations
             is
             thus
             declined
             ,
             
             after
             the
             first
             &
             second
             declension
             .
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   No.
                   bonus
                   ,
                   bona
                   ,
                   bonum
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   No.
                   
                   boni
                   ,
                   bonae
                   ,
                   bona
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   boni
                   ,
                   bonae
                   ,
                   boni
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   bonorum
                   ,
                   bonarū
                   ,
                   bonorum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dat.
                   bono
                   ,
                   bonae
                   ,
                   bono
                   .
                
                 
                   Da.
                   bonis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   bonū
                   ,
                   bonā
                   ,
                   bonum
                
                 
                   A.
                   
                   bonos
                   ,
                   bonas
                   ,
                   bona
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vo.
                   bone
                   ,
                   bona
                   ,
                   bonum
                   .
                
                 
                   Vo.
                   boni
                   ,
                   bonae
                   ,
                   bona
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   bono
                   ,
                   bonâ
                   ,
                   bono
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablativo
                   bonis
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             There
             are
             besides
             these
             ,
             
             certain
             nouns
             adjectives
             of
             another
             manner
             of
             declining
             ,
             which
             make
             the
             Genitive
             case
             singular
             in
             ius
             ,
             and
             the
             Dative
             in
             i
             :
             which
             be
             these
             that
             follow
             ,
             with
             their
             compounds
             ;
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   unus
                   ,
                   una
                   ,
                   unum
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   uni
                   ,
                   unae
                   ,
                   una
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   unius
                   .
                
                 
                   Ge.
                   unorum
                   ,
                   unarum
                   ,
                   unorum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   uni
                   .
                
                 
                   Dat.
                   unis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   A.
                   unum
                   ,
                   unam
                   ,
                   unum
                   .
                
                 
                   Ac.
                   unos
                   ,
                   unas
                   ,
                   una
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Voc.
                   un●
                   ,
                   una
                   ,
                   unum
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocat
                   .
                   uni
                   ,
                   unae
                   ,
                   una
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   uno
                   ,
                   unâ
                   ,
                   uno
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablativo
                   unis
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Note
             that
             unus
             ,
             
             
               una
               ,
               unum
            
             ,
             hath
             not
             the
             plural
             number
             ,
             but
             when
             it
             is
             joyned
             with
             a
             word
             that
             lacketh
             the
             singular
             number
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Unae
               literae
               ;
               Una
               moenia
            
             .
          
           
             In
             like
             manner
             be
             declined
             totus
             ,
             
             solus
             ,
             &
             also
             
               ullus
               ,
               alius
               ,
               alter
               ,
               uter
            
             and
             neuter
             :
             saving
             that
             these
             five
             last
             rehearsed
             lack
             the
             vocative
             case
             .
          
           
           
             A
             noun
             adjective
             of
             three
             articles
             is
             thus
             declined
             after
             the
             third
             declension
             :
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nomin
                   .
                   
                   hic
                   ,
                   haec
                   &
                   hoc
                   felix
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   hi
                   &
                   hae
                   felices
                   ,
                   &
                   haec
                   felicia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   
                   hujus
                   felicis
                   .
                
                 
                   Gen.
                   horum
                   ,
                   harum
                   &
                   horum
                   felicium
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dutivo
                   huic
                   felici
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   his
                   felicibus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   
                   hunc
                   &
                   hanc
                   felicem
                   ,
                   &
                   hoc
                   felix
                   .
                
                 
                   Ac.
                   hos
                   &
                   has
                   felices
                   ,
                   &
                   haec
                   felicia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   felix
                   .
                
                 
                   V.
                   ô
                   felices
                   &
                   ô
                   felicia
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ab.
                   ab
                   hoc
                   ,
                   hac
                   &
                   hoc
                   felice
                   ,
                   vel
                   felici
                   .
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   his
                   felicibus
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   No.
                   
                   hic
                   &
                   haec
                   tristis
                   &
                   hoc
                   triste
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   No.
                   hi
                   &
                   hae
                   tristes
                   ,
                   &
                   haec
                   tristia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genit
                   .
                   hujus
                   tristis
                   .
                
                 
                   Ge.
                   horum
                   ,
                   harum
                   &
                   horum
                   tristium
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   huic
                   tristi
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   his
                   tristibus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   hunc
                   &
                   hanc
                   tristem
                   &
                   hoc
                   triste
                   .
                   
                
                 
                   Ac.
                   hos
                   &
                   has
                   tristes
                   ,
                   &
                   haec
                   tristia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   V.
                   ô
                   tristis
                   ,
                   &
                   ô
                   triste
                
                 
                   V.
                   ô
                   tristes
                   &
                   ô
                   tristia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   ab
                   hoc
                   ,
                   hac
                   &
                   hoc
                   tristi
                   .
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   ab
                   his
                   tristibus
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
             Comparisons
             of
             Nouns
             .
          
           
             ADjectives
             ,
             whose
             signification
             may
             increase
             or
             be
             diminished
             ,
             may
             form
             comparison
             .
          
           
             There
             be
             three
             degrëes
             of
             comparison
             :
             
             The
             positive
             ,
             the
             comparative
             ,
             and
             the
             superlative
             ,
          
           
             The
             positive
             betokeneth
             the
             thing
             absolutely
             without
             excesse
             :
             
             as
             
               Durus
               ,
               Hard.
            
             
          
           
             The
             comparative
             somewhat
             exceedeth
             his
             positive
             in
             signification
             :
             
             
               as
               ,
               Durior
               ,
               hardor
            
             .
             And
             it
             is
             formed
             of
             the
             first
             case
             of
             his
             positive
             that
             endeth
             in
             
               i
               ▪
            
             by
             putting
             thereto
             or
             and
             us
             :
             as
             of
             
               Duri
               ,
               hic
               &
               haec
               durior
               ,
               &
               hoc
               durius
               :
            
             of
             
               Tristi
               ,
               hic
               &
               haec
               tristior
               &
               hoc
               tristius
               :
            
             of
             
               Dulci
               ,
               hic
               &
               haec
               dulcior
               ,
               &
               hoc
               dulcius
               .
            
          
           
             The
             superlative
             exceedeth
             his
             positive
             in
             the
             
             
             highest
             degree
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Durissimus
               ,
               Hardest
            
             .
             And
             it
             is
             formed
             of
             the
             first
             case
             of
             his
             positive
             that
             endeth
             in
             i
             ,
             by
             putting
             thereto
             s
             and
             simus
             ,
             as
             of
             
               Duri
               durissimus
               ;
               of
               Tristi
               ,
               tristissimus
            
             ;
             of
             
               Dulci
               dulcissimus
            
             .
          
           
             
               From
               these
               general
               rules
               are
               excepted
               these
               that
               follow
            
             ;
             
             Bonus
             ,
             melior
             ,
             optimus
             :
             Malus
             ,
             pejor
             ,
             pessimus
             :
             Magnus
             ,
             major
             ,
             maximus
             :
             Parvus
             ,
             minor
             ,
             minimus
             :
             Multus
             ,
             plurimus
             ;
             multa
             ,
             plurima
             ;
             multum
             plus
             ,
             plurimum
             .
          
           
             And
             if
             the
             positive
             end
             in
             er
             ,
             
             the
             superlative
             is
             formed
             of
             the
             nominative
             case
             ,
             
             by
             putting
             to
             rimus
             ;
             
             as
             ,
             
               Pulcher
               ,
               pulcherrimus
            
             .
          
           
             
               Also
               these
               nouns
               ending
               in
            
             lis
             ,
             
               make
               the
               superlative
               by
               changing
            
             lis
             into
             limus
             ,
             as
             Humilis
             ,
             humillimus
             :
             similis
             ,
             simillimus
             :
             Facilis
             ,
             facillimus
             :
             Gracilis
             ,
             gracillimus
             :
             Agilis
             ,
             agillimus
             :
             Docilis
             ,
             docillimus
             .
          
           
             All
             other
             nouns
             ending
             in
             lis
             ,
             do
             follow
             the
             general
             rule
             aforegoing
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Utilis
               ,
               utilissimus
            
             .
          
           
             
               Also
               if
               a
               vowel
               come
               before
            
             us
             ,
             
             
               it
               is
               compared
               by
            
             Magìs
             ▪
             and
             Maximè
             :
             
             as
             Pius
             ,
             magìs
             pius
             ,
             maximè
             pius
             :
             
             Assiduus
             ,
             magìs
             assiduus
             ,
             maximè
             assiduus
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           the
           Pronoun
           .
        
         
           A
           Pronoun
           is
           a
           part
           of
           speech
           much
           like
           to
           a
           Noun
           ,
           which
           is
           used
           in
           shewing
           or
           rehearsing
           .
        
         
           There
           be
           fifteen
           Pronouns
           ,
           
             Ego
             ,
             tu
          
           ,
           
           
             sui
             ,
             ille
             ,
             ipse
             ,
             iste
             ,
             hic
             ,
             is
             ,
             meus
             ,
             tuus
             ,
             suus
             ,
             noster
             ,
             vester
             ,
             nostras
             ,
             vestras
             .
          
           whereof
           four
           have
           the
           Vocative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Tu
             meus
             ,
             noster
          
           ,
           and
           nostras
           ,
           and
           all
           others
           lack
           the
           Vocative
           case
           .
        
         
           To
           these
           may
           be
           added
           their
           compounds
           ,
           
             Egomet
             ,
             tute
             ,
             idem
          
           ;
           and
           also
           
             Qui
             ,
             quae
             ,
             quod
          
           .
        
         
           These
           eight
           Pronouns
           ,
           
             Ego
             ,
             tu
             ,
             sui
             ,
             ille
             ,
             ipse
             ,
             
             iste
             ,
          
           
           hic
           ,
           and
           is
           ,
           be
           Primitives
           :
           so
           called
           ,
           for
           because
           they
           be
           not
           derived
           of
           others
           .
           And
           they
           be
           also
           called
           Demonstratives
           ,
           
           because
           they
           shew
           a
           thing
           not
           spoken
           of
           before
           .
        
         
           And
           there
           six
           ,
           
           
             Hic
             ,
             ille
             ,
             iste
             ,
             is
             ,
             idem
             ,
          
           and
           qui
           ,
           be
           Relatives
           ;
           because
           they
           rehearse
           a
           thing
           that
           was
           spoken
           of
           before
           .
        
         
           
             These
             seven
          
           ,
           
           Meus
           ,
           tuus
           ,
           suus
           ,
           noster
           ,
           vester
           ,
           nostrâs
           ,
           vestrâs
           ,
           
             be
             Derivatives
             :
             for
             they
             be
             derived
             of
             their
             primitives
             ,
          
           Mei
           ,
           tui
           ,
           sui
           ,
           nostri
           ,
           and
           vestri
           .
        
         
           There
           belong
           to
           a
           Pronoun
           these
           five
           things
           ;
           
           Number
           ,
           Case
           and
           Gender
           ,
           as
           are
           in
           a
           Noun
           :
           Declension
           and
           Person
           ,
           as
           here
           followeth
           .
        
         
           
             The
             Declensions
             of
             Pronouns
             .
          
           
             There
             be
             four
             Declensions
             of
             Pronouns
             .
          
           
             These
             three
             ,
             
             
               Ego
               ,
               tu
               ,
               sui
            
             ,
             be
             of
             the
             first
             declension
             ,
             and
             be
             thus
             declined
             ;
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   Ego
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   nos
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   mei
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   nostrûm
                   vel
                   nostrî
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   mihi
                   .
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   nobis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accusativo
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusativo
                   nos
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablativo
                   à
                   me
                   .
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   à
                   nobis
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   Tu.
                   
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   vos
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   tui
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   vestrûm
                   vel
                   vestrî
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   tibi
                   .
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   vobis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accusativo
                   te
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusativo
                   vos
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   tu
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   vos
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablativo
                   à
                   te
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablativo
                   à
                   vobis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   &
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   caret
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   sui
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   sibi
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accusat
                   .
                   se
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocat
                   .
                   caret
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   à
                   se
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             These
             six
             ,
             
             
               Ille
               ,
               ipse
               ,
               iste
               ,
               hic
               ,
               is
            
             and
             qui
             ,
             be
             of
             the
             second
             declension
             ,
             and
             be
             thus
             declined
             ;
          
           
           
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nomin
                   ,
                   iste
                   ,
                   ista
                   ,
                   istud
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   .
                
                 
                   Nomin
                   .
                   isti
                   ,
                   istae
                   ,
                   ista
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   istius
                   .
                
                 
                   Ge.
                   istorum
                   ,
                   istarum
                   ,
                   istorum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   isti
                   .
                
                 
                   Dat
                   ▪
                   istis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   istum
                   ,
                   istam
                   ,
                   istud
                
                 
                   Acc.
                   istos
                   ,
                   istas
                   ,
                   ista
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   isto
                   ,
                   istā
                   ,
                   isto
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablativo
                   istis
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Ille
             is
             declined
             like
             iste
             ;
             and
             also
             Ipse
             ,
             saving
             that
             the
             neuter
             gender
             in
             the
             nominative
             case
             ,
             &
             in
             the
             accusative
             case
             singular
             maketh
             ipsum
             .
          
           
             Nominativo
             hic
             ,
             haec
             ,
             hoc
             :
             Genitivo
             hujus
             :
             Dativo
             huic
             :
             
               as
               afore
               in
               the
               Noun
            
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominat
                   .
                   is
                   ,
                   ea
                   ,
                   id
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nominativo
                   ii
                   ,
                   eae
                   ,
                   ea
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   ejus
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   eorum
                   ,
                   earum
                   ,
                   eorum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   ei
                   .
                
                 
                   Dativo
                   iis
                   ,
                   vel
                   eis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Accus
                   .
                   eum
                   ,
                   eam
                   ,
                   id
                   .
                
                 
                   Accusativo
                   eos
                   ,
                   eas
                   ,
                   ea
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablativo
                   eo
                   ,
                   eâ
                   ,
                   eo
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablativo
                   iis
                   ,
                   vel
                   eis
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom.
                   qui
                   ,
                   quae
                   ,
                   quod
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   N.
                   qui
                   ,
                   quae
                   ,
                   quae
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genitivo
                   cujus
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   quorū
                   ,
                   quarū
                   ,
                   quorū
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   cui
                   .
                
                 
                   Dat.
                   quibus
                   vel
                   queis
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac
                   ,
                   quem
                   ,
                   quam
                   ,
                   quod
                   .
                   quî
                
                 
                   Acc.
                   quos
                   ,
                   quas
                   ,
                   quae
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocativo
                   caret
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Abl.
                   quo
                   ,
                   quâ
                   ,
                   quo
                   vel
                
                 
                   Ab.
                   quibus
                   vel
                   queis
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Likewise
             Quis
             and
             Quid
             be
             declined
             ,
             whether
             they
             be
             interrogatives
             .
             or
             Indefinites
             .
             Also
             Quisquis
             is
             thus
             declined
             ;
             
               
                 
                   Nom.
                   
                
                 
                   Quisquis
                   ,
                
                 
                   Ac
                
                 
                   Quicquid
                   .
                
                 
                   Abl.
                   
                
                 
                   Quoquo
                   ,
                   
                
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Quaqua
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Quicquid
                
                 
                   Quoquo
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Where
             note
             ,
             
             that
             Quid
             is
             always
             a
             substantive
             of
             the
             Neuter
             gender
             .
          
           
             These
             five
             ,
             
             
               Meus
               ,
               tuus
               ,
               suus
               ,
               noster
               ,
            
             and
             vester
             ,
             are
             of
             the
             third
             declension
             ,
             &
             be
             declined
             like
             nouns
             adjectives
             of
             three
             terminations
             ,
             in
             this
             wise
             :
             
               
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   Nom
                   ,
                   meus
                   ,
                   mea
                   ,
                   meum
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   N.
                   mei
                   ,
                   meae
                   ,
                   mea
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Genit
                   .
                   mei
                   ,
                   meae
                   ,
                   mei
                   .
                
                 
                   G.
                   meorum
                   ,
                   mearū
                   ,
                   meorum
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dativo
                   meo
                   ,
                   meae
                   ,
                   meo
                   .
                
                 
                   Da.
                   meis
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   meum
                   ,
                   meam
                   ,
                   meum
                   .
                
                 
                   A.
                   meos
                   ,
                   meas
                   ,
                   mea
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocat
                   .
                   mi
                   ,
                   mea
                   ,
                   meum
                   .
                
                 
                   Voc.
                   mei
                   ,
                   meae
                   ,
                   mea
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ablat
                   .
                   meo
                   ,
                   meâ
                   ,
                   meo
                   .
                
                 
                   Ablativo
                   meis
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             So
             is
             Noster
             declined
             ,
             and
             
               tuus
               ,
               suus
               ,
               vester
            
             ,
             saving
             that
             these
             three
             last
             do
             lack
             the
             Vocative
             case
             .
          
           
             Nostras
             ,
             
             vestras
             ,
             and
             this
             noun
             Cujas
             ,
             be
             of
             the
             fourth
             declension
             ,
             and
             be
             thus
             declined
             .
          
           
             
               
                 
                   Singulariter
                   ,
                
                 
                   N.
                   hic
                   &
                   haec
                   nostras
                   &
                   hoc
                   nostrate
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                
                 
                   N.
                   hi
                   &
                   hae
                   nostrates
                   &
                   haec
                   nostratia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gen.
                   hujus
                   nostratis
                
                 
                   Gen.
                   horum
                   ,
                   harum
                   ,
                   &
                   horum
                   nostratium
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Dati
                   .
                   huic
                   nostrati
                   .
                
                 
                   Dat.
                   his
                   nostratibus
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ac.
                   hunc
                   &
                   hanc
                   nostratē
                   &
                   hoc
                   nostrate
                
                 
                   Ac.
                   hos
                   &
                   has
                   nostrates
                   ,
                   &
                   haec
                   nostratia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vocativo
                   ô
                   nostras
                   ,
                   &
                   ô
                   nostrate
                   .
                
                 
                   Vocat
                   .
                   ô
                   nostrates
                   ,
                   &
                   ô
                   nostratia
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ab
                   ▪
                   ab
                   hoc
                   hac
                   &
                   hoc
                   nostrate
                   vel
                   nostrati
                   .
                
                 
                   Ab.
                   ab
                   his
                   nostratibus
                
              
            
          
           
             Here
             is
             to
             be
             noted
             ,
             
             that
             
               Nostras
               ,
               vestras
            
             ,
             and
             this
             noun
             Cujas
             ,
             be
             called
             Gentiles
             ,
             because
             they
             properly
             betoken
             pertaining
             to
             Countreys
             or
             Nations
             ,
             to
             Seas
             or
             Factions
             .
          
        
         
           
             A
             Pronoun
             hath
             three
             persons
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             person
             speaketh
             of
             himself
             :
             
             as
             ,
             Ego
             ,
             I
             ,
             Nos
             ,
             we
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             person
             is
             spoken
             to
             :
             as
             ,
             Tu
             ,
             Thou
             ,
             Vos
             ,
             ye
             .
             And
             of
             this
             person
             is
             also
             every
             Vocative
             case
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             person
             is
             spoken
             of
             :
             as
             ,
             Ille
             ,
             He
             ;
             Illi
             ,
             They
             :
             and
             therefore
             all
             Nouns
             ,
             Pronouns
             ,
             and
             Participles
             ,
             be
             of
             the
             third
             person
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           Of
           a
           Verb.
           
        
         
           A
           Verb
           is
           a
           part
           of
           speech
           declined
           with
           mood
           end
           tense
           ,
           
           and
           betokeneth
           doing
           ,
           as
           ,
           
             Amo
             ,
             
               I
               love
            
          
           :
           or
           suffering
           ,
           as
           ,
           
             Amor
             ,
             
               I
               am
               loved
            
          
           :
           or
           being
           ;
           as
           ,
           
             Sum
             ,
             
               I
               am
            
          
           .
        
         
           Of
           verbs
           ,
           
           such
           as
           have
           persons
           be
           called
           personals
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Ego
             amo
             ,
             tu
             amas
          
           .
           And
           such
           as
           have
           no
           persons
           ,
           be
           called
           impersonals
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Taedet
             ,
             
               It
               irketh
            
             Oportet
             ,
             
               it
               behoveth
            
          
           .
           ;
        
         
           Of
           verbs
           personals
           there
           be
           five
           kinds
           ;
           Active
           ,
           passive
           ,
           neuter
           ,
           deponent
           ,
           and
           commune
           .
        
         
           A
           verb
           active
           endeth
           in
           o
           ,
           
           and
           betokeneth
           to
           do
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amo
             ,
             
               I
               love
            
          
           ;
           and
           by
           putting
           to
           r
           ,
           it
           may
           be
           a
           passive
           :
           as
           ,
           Amor.
           
        
         
           A
           verb
           passive
           endeth
           in
           or
           ,
           
           and
           betokeneth
           to
           suffer
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amor
             ,
             
               I
               am
               loved
            
          
           ;
           and
           by
           putting
           away
           r
           it
           may
           be
           an
           active
           :
           as
           ,
           Amo.
           
        
         
           A
           verb
           neuter
           endeth
           in
           o
           or
           m
           ,
           
           and
           cannot
           take
           r
           to
           make
           him
           a
           passive
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Curro
             ,
             
               I
               run
            
             Sum
             ,
             
               I
               am
            
          
           .
           ;
           And
           it
           is
           Englished
           sometime
           actively
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Curro
             ,
             
               I
               run
            
          
           :
           and
           sometime
           passively
           ;
           as
           ,
           
             Aegroto
             ,
             
               I
               am
               sick
            
          
           .
        
         
           A
           verb
           deponent
           endeth
           in
           r
           like
           a
           passive
           and
           yet
           in
           signification
           is
           but
           either
           active
           ;
           
           as
           ,
           
             Loquor
             verbum
             ,
             
               I
               speak
               a
               word
            
          
           :
           or
           neuter
           ;
           as
           ,
           
             Glorior
             ,
             
               I
               boast
            
          
           .
        
         
           A
           verb
           commune
           endeth
           in
           r
           ,
           
           and
           yet
           in
           signification
           is
           both
           active
           and
           passive
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Osculor
             a
             te
             ,
             
               I
               kiss
               thee
            
             Osculor
             à
             te
             ,
             
               I
               am
               kissed
               of
               thee
            
             .
          
           ;
        
         
           
           
             Moods
             .
          
           
             THere
             be
             six
             moods
             :
             
             The
             indicative
             ,
             the
             imperative
             ,
             the
             optative
             ,
             the
             potential
             ,
             the
             subjunctive
             and
             the
             infinitive
             .
          
           
             The
             indicative
             mood
             sheweth
             a
             reason
             true
             or
             false
             ,
             
             as
             ,
             
               Ego
               amo
               ,
               
                 I
                 love
              
            
             :
             or
             else
             asketh
             a
             question
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amas
               tu
               ?
               
                 Dost
                 thou
                 love
              
            
             ?
          
           
             The
             imperative
             biddeth
             or
             commandeth
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Ama
               ,
               
                 Love
                 thou
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             optative
             wisheth
             or
             desireth
             ,
             
             with
             these
             signs
             ,
             
               Would
               God
               ,
               I
               pray
               God
               ,
            
             or
             
               God
               grant
            
             ,
             as
             
               Utinam
               amem
               ,
               
                 I
                 pray
                 God
                 I
                 love
              
            
             :
             and
             hath
             commonly
             an
             adverb
             of
             wishing
             joyned
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             The
             potential
             mood
             is
             known
             by
             these
             signs
             ,
             
             
               May
               ,
               can
               ,
               might
               ,
               would
               ,
               should
               ,
               could
               ,
            
             or
             ought
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amem
               ,
               
                 I
                 may
              
            
             ,
             or
             
               can
               love
            
             :
             without
             an
             adverb
             joyned
             with
             him
             .
          
           
             The
             subjunctive
             mood
             hath
             evermore
             some
             conjunction
             joyned
             with
             him
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Cùm
               amarem
               ,
               
                 When
                 I
                 loved
              
            
             .
             And
             it
             is
             called
             the
             subjunctive
             mood
             ,
             because
             it
             dependeth
             of
             another
             verb
             in
             the
             same
             sentence
             ,
             either
             going
             before
             ,
             or
             comming
             after
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Cùm
               amarem
               ,
               eram
               miser
               ;
               
                 When
                 I
                 loved
                 ,
                 I
                 was
                 a
                 wretch
                 .
              
            
          
           
             The
             infinitive
             signifieth
             to
             do
             ,
             
             to
             suffer
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             ,
             and
             hath
             neither
             number
             nor
             person
             ,
             nor
             nominative
             case
             before
             him
             :
             and
             is
             known
             commonly
             by
             this
             signe
             ,
             To
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amare
               ,
               
                 To
                 love
              
            
             .
             Also
             when
             two
             verbs
             come
             together
             without
             any
             nominative
             case
             between
             them
             ,
             then
             the
             latter
             shall
             be
             the
             infinitive
             mood
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Cupio
               discere
               ,
               
                 I
                 desire
                 to
                 learn.
              
            
             
          
        
         
           
             Gerunds
             .
          
           
             THere
             be
             moreover
             belonging
             to
             the
             infinitive
             mood
             of
             verbs
             ,
             
             certain
             voices
             called
             Gerunds
             
             ending
             in
             
               di
               ,
               do
            
             ,
             and
             dum
             :
             which
             have
             both
             the
             active
             and
             passive
             signification
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amandi
               ,
               
                 Of
                 loving
              
            
             ,
             or
             
               of
               being
               loved
               :
               
                 Amando
                 ,
                 In
                 loving
              
            
             ,
             or
             
               in
               being
               loved
               :
               Amandum
               ,
               To
               love
               ,
            
             or
             
               to
               be
               loved
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             Supines
             .
          
           
             THere
             be
             also
             appertaining
             unto
             verbs
             two
             supines
             :
             
             the
             one
             ending
             in
             um
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             the
             first
             supine
             ,
             because
             it
             hath
             the
             signification
             of
             the
             verb
             active
             ;
             as
             ,
             
               Eo
               amatum
               ,
               
                 I
                 go
                 to
                 love
              
            
             :
             And
             the
             other
             in
             u
             ,
             which
             is
             called
             the
             latter
             supine
             ,
             because
             it
             hath
             for
             the
             most
             part
             the
             signification
             passive
             ;
             as
             ,
             
               Difficilis
               amatu
               ,
               
                 Hard
                 to
                 be
                 loved
              
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             Tenses
             .
          
           
             THere
             be
             five
             tenses
             or
             times
             :
             
             the
             present
             tense
             ,
             the
             preterimperfect
             ,
             the
             preterperfect
             ,
             the
             preterpluperfect
             ,
             and
             the
             future
             tense
             .
          
           
             The
             present
             tense
             speaketh
             of
             the
             time
             that
             now
             is
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Amo
               ,
               
                 I
                 love
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             preterimperfect
             tense
             speaketh
             of
             the
             time
             not
             perfectly
             past
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Amabam
               ,
               
                 I
                 loved
              
            
             ,
             or
             
               did
               love
            
             .
          
           
             The
             preterperfect
             tense
             speaketh
             of
             the
             time
             perfectly
             past
             ,
             
             with
             this
             signe
             Have
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amavi
               ,
               
                 I
                 have
                 loved
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             preterpluperfect
             tense
             speaketh
             of
             the
             time
             more
             then
             perfectly
             past
             ,
             
             with
             this
             signe
             Had
             :
             as
             ,
             
               A
               maveram
               ,
               
                 I
                 had
                 loved
              
            
             .
          
           
             The
             future
             tense
             speaketh
             of
             the
             time
             to
             come
             ,
             
             with
             this
             signe
             Shall
             or
             will
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amabo
               ,
               
                 I
                 shall
              
            
             or
             
               will
               love
               ▪
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Persons
             .
          
           
             THere
             be
             also
             in
             verbs
             three
             persons
             in
             both
             numbers
             :
             
             as
             ,
             Singulariter
             ,
             Ego
             amo
             ,
             
               I
               love
            
             ;
             Tu
             amas
             ,
             
               Thou
               lovest
            
             ;
             I
             lle
             amat
             ,
             
               He
               loveth
            
             .
             Pluraliter
             ,
             Nos
             amamus
             ,
             
               We
               love
            
             ;
             Vos
             amatis
             ,
             
               Ye
               love
            
             ;
             Illiamant
             
               They
               love
            
             .
          
        
         
           
             Conjugations
             .
          
           
             VErbs
             have
             four
             conjugations
             ,
             
             which
             be
             known
             after
             this
             manner
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             conjugation
             hath
             a
             long
             before
             re
             and
             ris
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Amāre
               amāris
            
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             coniugation
             hath
             e
             long
             before
             re
             and
             ris
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Docēre
               ,
               Docēris
            
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             conjugation
             hath
             e
             short
             before
             re
             and
             ris
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Legĕre
               ,
               legĕris
            
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             conjugation
             hath
             i
             long
             before
             re
             and
             ris
             :
             
             as
             ,
             
               Audīre
               ,
               audīris
            
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Verbs
                 in
                 O
                 ,
                 of
                 the
                 four
                 Conjugations
                 be
                 declined
                 after
                 these
                 examples
                 .
              
               
                 
                   AMo
                   ,
                   amas
                   ,
                   amavi
                   ,
                   amare
                   :
                   amandi
                   ,
                   amando
                   ,
                   amandum
                   :
                   amatum
                   ,
                   amatu
                   :
                   amans
                   ,
                   amaturus
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doceo
                   ,
                   doces
                   ,
                   docui
                   ,
                   docere
                   :
                   docendi
                   ,
                   docendo
                   ,
                   docendum
                   :
                   doctum
                   ,
                   doctu
                   :
                   docens
                   ,
                   docturus
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   teach
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lego
                   ,
                   legis
                   ,
                   legi
                   ,
                   legere
                   :
                   legendi
                   ,
                   legendo
                   ,
                   legendum
                   :
                   lectum
                   ,
                   lectu
                   :
                   legens
                   ,
                   lecturus
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   read
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audio
                   ,
                   audis
                   ,
                   audivi
                   ,
                   audire
                   :
                   audiendi
                   audiendo
                   ,
                   audiendum
                   :
                   auditum
                   ,
                   auditu
                   :
                   audiens
                   ,
                   auditurus
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   hear
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Indicative
                 Mood
                 ,
                 Present
                 tense
              
               
                 
                   Singular
                   ,
                
                 
                   Plural
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   I
                   love
                   ,
                   or
                   do
                   love
                   ,
                
                 
                   thou
                   lovest
                   ,
                   or
                   dost
                   love
                   ,
                
                 
                   he
                   loveth
                   ,
                   or
                   doth
                   love
                   ,
                
                 
                   We
                   love
                   ,
                   or
                   do
                   love
                   ,
                
                 
                   Ye
                   love
                   ,
                   or
                   do
                   love
                   .
                
                 
                   They
                   love
                   ,
                   or
                   do
                   love
                
              
               
                 
                   AMo
                   ,
                
                 
                   amas
                   ,
                
                 
                   amat
                   .
                
                 
                   Amamus
                   ,
                
                 
                   amatis
                   ,
                
                 
                   amant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doceo
                   ,
                
                 
                   doces
                   ,
                
                 
                   docet
                   .
                
                 
                   Docemus
                   ,
                
                 
                   docetis
                   ,
                
                 
                   docent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lego
                   ,
                
                 
                   legis
                   ,
                
                 
                   legit
                   .
                
                 
                   Legimus
                   ,
                
                 
                   legitis
                   ,
                
                 
                   legunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audio
                   ,
                
                 
                   audis
                   ,
                
                 
                   audit
                   .
                
                 
                   Audimus
                   ,
                
                 
                   auditis
                   ,
                
                 
                   audiunt
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amabam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docebam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legebam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiebam
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   bas
                   ,
                   bat
                   .
                   Plur.
                   bamus
                   ,
                   batis
                   ,
                   bant
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   loved
                   or
                   did
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavi
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docui
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legi
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivi
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   isti
                   ,
                   it
                   .
                   Plur.
                   imus
                   ,
                   istis
                   ,
                   êrunt
                   vel
                   êre
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   have
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amaveram
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docueram
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legeram
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiveram
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ras
                   ,
                   rat
                   .
                   Plur.
                   ramus
                   ,
                   ratis
                   ,
                   rant
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   had
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amabo
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docebo
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiam
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   
                     bis
                     ,
                     bit
                     .
                     Plur.
                     bimus
                     ,
                     bitis
                     ,
                     bunt
                     .
                  
                   
                     es
                     ,
                     et
                     .
                     Plur.
                     emus
                     ,
                     etis
                     ,
                     ent
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   I
                   shall
                   or
                   will
                   love
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Imperative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Love
                   ,
                   Love
                   he
                   ,
                   or
                   Love
                   we
                   ,
                   or
                   Love
                   ,
                   Love
                   they
                   ,
                   or
                   thou
                   :
                   let
                   him
                   love
                   ,
                   let
                   us
                   love
                   :
                   ye
                   :
                   let
                   them
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Ama
                   ,
                   amet
                   ,
                   amato
                   :
                   amato
                   :
                
                 
                   Plur.
                   amemus
                   ,
                
                 
                   amate
                   ,
                   ament
                   ,
                   amarore
                   :
                   amanto
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Pl.
                   doceamus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Doce
                   ,
                   doceat
                   ,
                   doceto
                   :
                   doceto
                   :
                
                 
                   docete
                   ,
                   doceant
                   ,
                   docetote
                   :
                   docēto
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lege
                   ,
                   legat
                   ,
                   legito
                   :
                   legito
                
                 
                   Plur.
                   legamus
                   ,
                
                 
                   legite
                   ,
                   legant
                   ,
                   legitote
                   :
                   legunto
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audi
                   ,
                   audiat
                   ,
                   audito
                   :
                   audito
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   audiamus
                   ,
                
                 
                   audite
                   ,
                   audiant
                   ,
                   auditote
                   :
                   audiunto
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Optative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Amem
                   ,
                   ames
                   ,
                   amet
                   .
                
                 
                   Plur.
                   utin
                   .
                   amemus
                   ,
                   ametis
                   ,
                   ent
                   .
                
                 
                   God
                   grant
                   I
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Doceam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiam
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   as
                   ,
                   at
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utinam
                   amus
                   ,
                   atis
                   ,
                   ant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amarem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docerem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legerem
                       ▪
                    
                     
                       Audirem
                       ▪
                    
                  
                
                 
                   res
                   ,
                   ret
                   .
                   Pl.
                   utinam
                   remus
                   ,
                   retis
                   ,
                   rent
                   .
                
                 
                   Would
                   God
                   I
                   loved
                   ,
                   or
                   did
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amaverim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuerim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legerim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiverim
                       ▪
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   pray
                   God
                   I
                   have
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivissem
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ses
                   ,
                   set
                   .
                   Pl.
                   utinam
                   semus
                   ,
                   setis
                   ,
                   sent
                   .
                
                 
                   Would
                   God
                   I
                   had
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   Sense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivero
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
                 
                   God
                   grant
                   I
                   shall
                   or
                   will
                   love
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Potential
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amem
                   ,
                   ames
                   ,
                   amet
                   .
                
                 
                   Plur.
                   amemus
                   ,
                   ametis
                   ,
                   ament
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   may
                   or
                   can
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Doceam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiam
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   as
                   ,
                   at
                   .
                   Plur.
                   amus
                   ,
                   atis
                   ,
                   ant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amarem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docerem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legerem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audirem
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   res
                   ,
                   ret
                   ,
                   Plur.
                   remus
                   ,
                   retis
                   ,
                   rent
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   might
                   ,
                   would
                   ,
                   should
                   ,
                   ought
                   ,
                   or
                   could
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singul
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amaverim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuerim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legerim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiverim
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   might
                   ,
                   would
                   ,
                   should
                   ,
                   or
                   ought
                   to
                   have
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivissem
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ses
                   ,
                   set
                   .
                   Plur.
                   semus
                   ,
                   setis
                   ,
                   sent
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   might
                   ,
                   would
                   ,
                   should
                   ,
                   or
                   ought
                   to
                   had
                   loved
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivero
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   may
                   or
                   can
                   love
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Subjunctive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Amem
                   ,
                   ames
                   ,
                   amet
                   .
                
                 
                   Plur.
                   cùm
                   amemus
                   ,
                   ametis
                   ,
                   ent
                   .
                
                 
                   I
                   may
                   or
                   can
                   love
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     
                       Doceam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legam
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiam
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   as
                   ,
                   at
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   amus
                   ,
                   atis
                   ,
                   ant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amarem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docerem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legerem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audirem
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   res
                   ,
                   ret
                   .
                   Plur.
                   cùm
                   remus
                   ,
                   retis
                   ,
                   rent
                   .
                
                 
                   When
                   I
                   loved
                   ,
                   or
                   did
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singul
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amaverim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuerim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legerim
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audiverim
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   cùm
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
                 
                   When
                   I
                   have
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legissem
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivissem
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ses
                   ,
                   set
                   .
                   Plur.
                   cùm
                   semus
                   ,
                   setis
                   ,
                   sent
                   .
                
                 
                   When
                   I
                   had
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   cùm
                
                 
                   
                     
                       Amavero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Docuero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Legero
                       ,
                    
                     
                       Audivero
                       ,
                    
                  
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   cùm
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
                 
                   When
                   I
                   shall
                   or
                   will
                   love
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Infinitive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   and
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amare
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Love.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Docere
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Teach
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legere
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Read.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Audire
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Hear
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperf
                   .
                   tense
                   and
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amavisse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   have
                   or
                   had
                   Loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audivisse
                   .
                
                 
                   To
                   have
                   or
                   had
                   Heard
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docuisse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   have
                   or
                   had
                   Taught
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legisse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   have
                   or
                   had
                   Read.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amaturum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   love
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docturum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   teach
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lecturum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   read
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditurum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   hear
                   hereafter
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Gerunds
                   .
                
                 
                   Amandi
                   ,
                   of
                   loving
                   :
                
                 
                   do
                   ,
                   in
                   loving
                   :
                
                 
                   dum
                   ,
                   to
                   love
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Docendi
                   ,
                   of
                   teaching
                   :
                
                 
                   do
                   ,
                   in
                   teaching
                   :
                
                 
                   dum
                   ,
                   to
                   teach
                
              
               
                 
                   Legendi
                   ,
                   of
                   reading
                   :
                
                 
                   do
                   ,
                   in
                   reading
                   :
                
                 
                   dum
                   ,
                   to
                   read
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiendi
                   ,
                   of
                   hearing
                   :
                
                 
                   do
                   ,
                   in
                   hearing
                   :
                
                 
                   dum
                   ,
                   to
                   hear
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                   Supines
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatum
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Love.
                   
                
                 
                   Amatu
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Loved
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctum
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Teach
                   .
                
                 
                   Doctu
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Taught
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectum
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Read.
                   
                
                 
                   Lectu
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Read.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditum
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   Hear
                   .
                
                 
                   Auditu
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Heard
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   A
                   participle
                   of
                   the
                   present
                   tense
                
                 
                   Amans
                   ,
                
                 
                   loving
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docens
                   ,
                
                 
                   teaching
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legens
                   ,
                
                 
                   reading
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiens
                   ,
                
                 
                   hearing
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   The
                   participle
                   of
                   the
                   first
                   Future
                   tense
                   ,
                
                 
                   Amaturus
                   ,
                
                 
                   to
                   love
                   or
                   about
                   to
                   love
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docturus
                   ,
                
                 
                   to
                   teach
                   or
                   about
                   to
                   teach
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lecturus
                   ,
                
                 
                   to
                   read
                   or
                   about
                   to
                   read
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditurus
                   ,
                
                 
                   to
                   hear
                   or
                   about
                   to
                   hear
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Before
             we
             decline
             any
             verbs
             in
             or
             ,
             for
             supplying
             of
             many
             tenses
             lacking
             in
             all
             such
             verbs
             ,
             we
             must
             learn
             to
             decline
             this
             verb
             Sum
             in
             this
             wise
             following
             ,
          
           
             Sum
             ,
             es
             ,
             fui
             ,
             esse
             ,
             futurus
             :
             
               To
               be
            
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Indicative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   SUm
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     am
                  
                   :
                   es
                   ,
                   est
                   .
                   Puraliter
                   Sumus
                   ,
                   estis
                   ,
                   sunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Eram
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     was
                  
                   :
                   eras
                   ,
                   erat
                   .
                   Pluraliter
                   eramus
                   ,
                   eratis
                   ,
                   erant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Fui
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     have
                     been
                  
                   :
                   fuisti
                   ,
                   fuit
                   .
                   Pluraliter
                   fuimus
                   ,
                   Fuistis
                   ,
                   fuerunt
                   vel
                   fuêre
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperf
                   .
                   tense
                   singul
                   .
                
                 
                   Fueram
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     had
                     been
                  
                   :
                   fueras
                   ,
                   fuerat
                   ,
                   Pluraliter
                   fueramus
                   ,
                   fueratis
                   ,
                   fuerant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Ero
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     shall
                     or
                     will
                     be
                  
                   :
                   eris
                   ,
                   erit
                   .
                   Pluraliter
                   erimus
                   ,
                   eritis
                   ,
                   erunt
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Imperative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Sis
                   ,
                
                 
                   be
                   thou
                
                 
                   Sit
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   Simus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Sitis
                   ,
                
                 
                   Sint
                
              
               
                 
                   Es
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Este
                   ,
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Esto
                
                 
                   Esto
                
                 
                   Estote
                
                 
                   Sunto
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Optative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   ten
                   .
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Sim
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     pray
                     God
                     I
                     be
                  
                   :
                   sis
                   ,
                   sit
                   .
                   Plural
                   ,
                   utin
                   .
                   simus
                   ,
                   sitis
                   ,
                   sint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utin●m
                
                 
                   Essem
                   ,
                   
                     Would
                     God
                     I
                     were
                  
                   :
                   esses
                   ,
                   esset
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utin
                   .
                   essemus
                   ,
                   essetis
                   ,
                   essent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Fuerim
                   ,
                   
                     would
                     God
                     I
                     have
                     been
                  
                   :
                   fueris
                   ,
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utinam
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   fueritis
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Fuissem
                   ,
                   
                     would
                     God
                     I
                     had
                     been
                  
                   :
                   fuisses
                   ,
                   fuisset
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utinam
                   fuissemus
                   ,
                   fuissetis
                   ,
                   fuissent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   ten
                   .
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Fuero
                   ,
                   
                     God
                     grant
                     I
                     be
                     hereafter
                  
                   :
                   fueris
                   ,
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utinam
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Potential
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Sim
                   
                     I
                     may
                     or
                     can
                     be
                  
                   :
                   sis
                   ,
                   sit
                   :
                   Plural
                   .
                   simus
                   ,
                   sitis
                   ,
                   sint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Essem
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     might
                     or
                     could
                     be
                  
                   :
                   esses
                   ,
                   esset
                   .
                   Pl.
                   essemus
                   ,
                   essetis
                   ,
                   essent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Fuerim
                   .
                   I
                   might
                   ,
                   could
                   ,
                   should
                   ,
                   or
                   ought
                   to
                   have
                   been
                   :
                   
                     fueris
                     ,
                     fuerit
                     .
                     Pl.
                     fuerimus
                     ,
                     fueritis
                     ,
                     fuerint
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Fuissem
                   ,
                   I
                   might
                   ,
                   could
                   ,
                   should
                   ,
                   or
                   ought
                   to
                   ha●…
                   been
                   :
                   
                     fuisses
                     fuisset
                     .
                     Pl.
                     fuissemus
                     ,
                     fuissetis
                     ,
                     fuissent
                     .
                  
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Fuero
                   .
                   
                     I
                     may
                     or
                     can
                     be
                     hereafter
                     :
                  
                   fueris
                   ,
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Subjunctive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   ten
                   .
                   singul
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Sim
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     I
                     am
                  
                   :
                   sis
                   ,
                   sit
                   .
                   Plural
                   ,
                   cùm
                   simus
                   ,
                   sitis
                   ,
                   sint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Essem
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     I
                     was
                  
                   :
                   esses
                   ,
                   esset
                   .
                   Pl.
                   cùm
                   essemus
                   ,
                   essetis
                   ,
                   essent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preter-Perf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Fuerim
                   
                     When
                     I
                     have
                     been
                  
                   :
                   fueris
                   ,
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Pl.
                   cùm
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Fuissem
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     I
                     had
                     been
                  
                   :
                   fuisses
                   ,
                   fuisset
                   :
                   Pl.
                   cùm
                   fuissemus
                   ,
                   fuissetis
                   ,
                   fuissent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   ten
                   .
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Fuero
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     I
                     shall
                     or
                     will
                     be
                     :
                  
                   fueris
                   ,
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   cùm
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Infinitive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   and
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Esse
                   ,
                   To
                   be
                   .
                
                 
                   Preterfect
                   &
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   ,
                
                 
                   Fuisse
                
                 
                   To
                   have
                   or
                   had
                   been
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   ten
                   .
                
                 
                   Fore
                   vel
                   futurum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   
                     To
                     be
                     hereafter
                  
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
                 
                    
                
              
            
             
               
                 Verbs
                 in
                 Or
                 of
                 the
                 four
                 Conjugations
                 be
                 declined
                 after
                 these
                 examples
                 .
              
               
                 AMor
                 ,
                 amâris
                 vel
                 amâre
                 :
                 amatus
                 sum
                 vel
                 fui
                 ,
                 amâri
                 :
                 amatus
                 ,
                 amandus
                 .
                 
                   To
                   be
                   loved
                
                 .
              
               
                 Doceor
                 ,
                 doc●●is
                 vel
                 docêre
                 :
                 doctus
                 sum
                 vel
                 fui
                 ,
                 doceri
                 :
                 doctus
                 ,
                 docendus
                 .
                 
                   To
                   be
                   taught
                
                 .
              
               
                 Legor
                 ,
                 legeris
                 vel
                 legere
                 :
                 lectus
                 sum
                 vel
                 fui
                 ,
                 legi
                 ▪
                 lectus
                 ,
                 legendus
                 .
                 
                   To
                   be
                   read
                
                 .
              
               
                 Audior
                 ,
                 audîris
                 vel
                 audîre
                 ;
                 auditus
                 sum
                 vel
                 fui
                 ,
                 audiri
                 :
                 auditus
                 ,
                 audiendus
                 .
                 
                   To
                   be
                   heard
                
                 .
              
            
             
               
                 
                 Indicative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amor
                   ,
                   amâris
                   vel
                   amâre
                   ,
                   amatur
                   .
                   
                     I
                     am
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   Plural
                   .
                   mur
                   ,
                   mini
                   ,
                   ntur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doceor
                   ,
                   docêris
                   vel
                   docêre
                   ,
                   docetur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legor
                   ,
                   legeris
                   vel
                   legere
                   ,
                   legitur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audior
                   audîris
                   vel
                   audîre
                   ,
                   auditur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Amabar
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     was
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   baris
                   vel
                   bare
                   ,
                   batur
                   .
                   Plur.
                   bamur
                   ,
                   bamini
                   ,
                   bantur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docebar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Legebar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiebar
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperf
                   .
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     I
                     have
                     been
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     sum
                     vel
                     fui
                  
                   ,
                
                 
                   tus
                   es
                   vel
                   fuisti
                   ,
                   tus
                   est
                   vel
                   fuit
                   .
                   Pl.
                   ti
                   sumus
                   vel
                   fuimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   estis
                   vel
                   fuistis
                   ,
                   ti
                   sunt
                   ,
                   fuêrunt
                   vel
                   fuêre
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperf
                   .
                   tense
                   singul
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   I
                   had
                   been
                   loved
                   .
                
                 
                   eram
                   vel
                   fueram
                   ,
                
                 
                   tus
                   eras
                   vel
                   fueras
                   ,
                   tus
                   erat
                   vel
                   fuerat
                   .
                   Pl.
                   ti
                   eramus
                   vel
                   fueramus
                   ,
                   ti
                   eratis
                   vel
                   fueratis
                   ,
                   ti
                   erant
                   vel
                   fuerant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amabor
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     shall
                     or
                     will
                     be
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   beris
                   vel
                   ere
                   ,
                   itur
                   .
                   Pl.
                   bimur
                   ,
                   imini
                   ,
                   untur
                
              
               
                 
                   Docebor
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Legar
                   ,
                
                 
                   êris
                   vel
                   êre
                   etur
                   .
                   Pl.
                   emur
                   ,
                   emini
                   ,
                   entur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audier
                   ,
                
              
            
             
               
                 Imperative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                    
                
                 
                   Be
                   thou
                   loved
                   .
                
                 
                   Let
                   him
                   be
                   loved
                   .
                
                 
                   Let
                   us
                   be
                   loved
                   .
                
                 
                   Be
                   ye
                   loved
                   .
                
                 
                   Let
                   them
                   be
                   loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amare
                   ,
                
                 
                   ametur
                   ,
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   amemur
                   .
                
                 
                   Amamini
                   ,
                
                 
                   amentur
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   amator
                   :
                
                 
                   amator
                   .
                
                 
                   amaminor
                   :
                
                 
                   amantor
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docere
                   ,
                
                 
                   doceatur
                   ,
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   doceamur
                   .
                
                 
                   Docemini
                   ,
                
                 
                   doceantur
                
              
               
                 
                   docetor
                   :
                
                 
                   docetor
                   .
                
                 
                   doceminor
                   :
                
                 
                   docentor
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legere
                   ,
                
                 
                   legatur
                   ,
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   legamur
                   .
                
                 
                   Legimini
                   ,
                
                 
                   legantur
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   legitor
                   :
                
                 
                   legitor
                   .
                
                 
                   legiminor
                   :
                
                 
                   leguntor
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Audire
                   ,
                
                 
                   audiatur
                
                 
                   P.
                   audiamur
                   .
                
                 
                   Audimini
                   ,
                
                 
                   audiantur
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   auditor
                   :
                
                 
                   auditor
                   .
                
                 
                   audiminor
                   :
                
                 
                   audiuntor
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Optative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                   .
                
                 
                   Amer
                   ,
                   
                     God
                     grant
                     I
                     be
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   êris
                   vel
                   êre
                   ,
                   êtur.
                   Pl.
                   utin
                   .
                   êmur
                   ,
                   êmini
                   ,
                   entur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docear
                   ,
                
                 
                   aris
                   vel
                   are
                   ,
                   atur
                   .
                   Pl.
                   utin
                   .
                   amur
                   ,
                   amini
                   ,
                   antur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Amarer
                   ,
                   
                     Would
                     God
                     I
                     were
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   reris
                   vel
                   rere
                   ,
                   retur
                   .
                   Pl
                   utin
                   remur
                   ,
                   remini
                   ,
                   rentur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docerer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Legerer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audirer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     I
                     pray
                     God
                     I
                     have
                     been
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   sim
                   vel
                   fuerim
                   ,
                   tus
                   sis
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   sit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utin
                   .
                   ti
                   simus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   sitis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   sint
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     Would
                     God
                     I
                     have
                     been
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   essem
                   vel
                   fuissem
                   tus
                   esses
                   vel
                   fuisses
                   ,
                   tus
                   esset
                   vel
                   fuisset
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   ti
                   essemus
                   vel
                   fuissemus
                   ,
                   ti
                   essetis
                   vel
                   fuissetis
                   ,
                   ti
                   essent
                   vel
                   fuissent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     God
                     grant
                     I
                     be
                     loved
                     hereafter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   ero
                   vel
                   suero
                   ,
                   tus
                   eris
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   erit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   ti
                   erimus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   eritis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   erunt
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
            
             
               
                 Potential
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amer
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     may
                     or
                     can
                     be
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   êris
                   vel
                   êre
                   ,
                   êtur.
                   Pl
                   êmur
                   ,
                   êmini
                   ,
                   entur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docear
                   ,
                
                 
                   aris
                   vel
                   are
                   ,
                   atur
                   .
                   Pl.
                   amur
                   .
                   amini
                   antur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amarer
                   ,
                   
                     I
                     Would
                     ,
                     should
                     ,
                     or
                     ought
                     to
                     be
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   reris
                   vel
                   rere
                   ,
                   retur
                   .
                   Plur.
                   remur
                   ,
                   remini
                   ,
                   rentur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docerer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Legerer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audirer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singul
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     I
                     would
                     ,
                     should
                     ,
                     or
                     ought
                     to
                     had
                     been
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   sim
                   vel
                   fuerim
                   ,
                   tus
                   sis
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   sit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   ti
                   simus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   sitis
                   vel
                   fueriris
                   ,
                   ti
                   sint
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     I
                     would
                     ,
                     should
                     ,
                     or
                     ought
                     to
                     had
                     been
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   essem
                   vel
                   fuissem
                   ,
                   tus
                   esses
                   vel
                   fuisses
                   ,
                   tus
                   esset
                   vel
                   fuisset
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   ti
                   essemus
                   vel
                   fuissemus
                   ,
                   ti
                   essetis
                   vel
                   fuissetis
                   ,
                   ti
                   essent
                   vel
                   fuissent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     I
                     may
                     or
                     can
                     be
                     loved
                     hereafter
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   ero
                   vel
                   fuero
                   ,
                   tus
                   eris
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   erit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   ti
                   erimus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   eritis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   erunt
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
            
             
               
                 Subjunctive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Amer
                   ,
                   
                     when
                     i
                     am
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   aris
                   vel
                   are
                   ,
                   atur
                   .
                   Pl.
                   cùm
                   amur
                   ,
                   amini
                   ,
                   antur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docear
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Legar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiar
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Amarer
                   ,
                   
                     When
                     I
                     was
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   rêris
                   vel
                   rêre
                   ,
                   rêtur.
                   Pl.
                   cùm
                   rêmur
                   .
                   rêmini
                   ,
                   rentur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docerer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Legerer
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Audirer
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     When
                     I
                     have
                     been
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   sim
                   vel
                   fuerim
                   ,
                   tus
                   sis
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   sit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Pl.
                   cùm
                   ti
                   simus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   sitis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   sint
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     When
                     I
                     had
                     been
                     loved
                  
                   .
                
                 
                   essem
                   vel
                   fuissem
                   ,
                   tus
                   esses
                   vel
                   fuisses
                   ,
                   tus
                   esset
                   vel
                   fuisset
                   .
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                   cùm
                   ti
                   essemus
                   vel
                   fuissemus
                   ,
                   ti
                   essetis
                   vel
                   fuissetis
                   ,
                   ti
                   essent
                   vel
                   fuissent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   cùm
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   
                     When
                     I
                     shall
                     or
                     will
                     be
                     loved
                     .
                  
                
                 
                   ero
                   vel
                   fuero
                   ,
                   tus
                   eris
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   erit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Pluraliter
                   ,
                   cùm
                   ri
                   erimus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   eritis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   erunt
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                
              
            
             
               
                 Infinitive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   and
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amari
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doceri
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Taught
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legi
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Read.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiri
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Heard
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperf
                   ,
                   tense
                   and
                   Preterpluperf
                   .
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatum
                   
                     To
                     have
                     or
                     had
                     been
                     loved
                     ,
                     &c.
                     
                  
                
                 
                   esse
                   vel
                   fuisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctum
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectum
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditum
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatum
                   iri
                   ,
                   vel
                   amandum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   loved
                   herafter
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctum
                   iri
                   ,
                   vel
                   docendum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   taught
                   herafter
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectum
                   iri
                   ,
                   vel
                   legendum
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   read
                   herafter
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditum
                   iri
                   ,
                   vel
                   audiendū
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   heard
                   herafter
                
              
               
                 
                   A
                   participle
                   of
                   the
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Amatus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Doctus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Taught
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Lectus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Read.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Auditus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Heard
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   A
                   participle
                   of
                   the
                   Future
                   in
                   dus
                   .
                
                 
                   Amandus
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Loved
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Docendus
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Taught
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Legendus
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Read.
                   
                
              
               
                 
                   Audiendus
                   ,
                
                 
                   To
                   be
                   Heard
                   .
                
              
            
          
        
         
           
           
             Of
             Certain
             Verbs
             going
             out
             of
             Rule
             ,
             which
             are
             declined
             and
             formed
             in
             manner
             following
             .
          
           
             POssum
             potes
             ,
             potui
             ,
             posse
             :
             potens
             :
             
               To
               may
               or
               can
            
             Volo
             ,
             vis
             ,
             volui
             ,
             velle
             :
             volendi
             ,
             volendo
             volendum
             :
             supinis
             caret
             ,
             volens
             :
             
               To
               will
               ,
               or
               to
               be
               willing
               .
            
          
           
             Nolo
             ,
             non
             vis
             ,
             nolui
             ,
             nolle
             :
             nolendi
             ,
             nolendo
             ,
             nolendum
             :
             supinis
             caret
             ,
             nolens
             :
             
               To
               nill
               ,
               or
               to
               be
               unwilling
               .
            
          
           
             Malo
             ,
             mavis
             malui
             ,
             malle
             :
             malendi
             ,
             malendo
             ,
             malendum
             :
             supinis
             caret
             ,
             malens
             :
             
               To
               have
               rather
               ,
               or
               to
               be
               more
               willing
               .
            
          
           
             Edo
             ,
             edis
             vel
             es
             ,
             edi
             ,
             edere
             vel
             esse
             :
             edendi
             ,
             edendo
             ,
             edendum
             :
             esum
             esu
             ,
             vel
             estum
             ,
             estu
             :
             edens
             ,
             esurus
             ,
             vel
             esturus
             :
             
               To
               eat
            
             .
          
           
             Fio
             ,
             fis
             ,
             factus
             sum
             vel
             fui
             ,
             fieri
             :
             factus
             ,
             faciendus
             :
             
               To
               be
               made
               ,
               or
               to
               be
               done
               .
            
          
           
             Fero
             ,
             fers
             ,
             tuli
             ferre
             :
             ferendi
             ,
             ferendo
             ,
             ferendum
             :
             latum
             latu
             :
             ferens
             ,
             laturus
             :
             
               To
               bear
               ,
               or
               suffer
            
             .
          
           
             Feror
             ,
             ferris
             vel
             ferre
             ,
             latus
             sum
             vel
             fui
             ,
             ferri
             :
             latus
             ,
             ferendus
             :
             
               To
               be
               born
               or
               suffered
            
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Indicative
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   POssum
                   ,
                   potes
                   ,
                   potest
                   .
                
                 
                   Pluraliter
                   .
                
                 
                   Possumus
                   ,
                   potestis
                   ,
                   possunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Volo
                   ,
                   vis
                   ,
                   vult
                   .
                
                 
                   Volumus
                   ,
                   vultis
                   volunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Nolo
                   ,
                   non
                   vis
                   ,
                   non
                   vult
                   .
                
                 
                   Nolumus
                   ,
                   non
                   vultis
                   ,
                   nolunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Malo
                   ,
                   mavis
                   mavult
                   .
                
                 
                   Malumus
                   ▪
                   mavultis
                   ,
                   malunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Edo
                   ,
                   edis
                   ,
                   vel
                   es
                   ,
                   edit
                   vel
                   est
                   .
                
                 
                   Edimus
                   ,
                   editis
                   vel
                   estis
                   ,
                   edunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Fio
                   ,
                   fis
                   ,
                   fit
                   .
                
                 
                   Fimus
                   ,
                   fitis
                   ,
                   fiunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Fero
                   ,
                   fers
                   ,
                   fert
                   .
                
                 
                   Ferimus
                   fertis
                   ,
                   ferunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Feror
                   ,
                   ferris
                   vel
                   ferre
                   ,
                   fertur
                   .
                
                 
                   Ferimur
                   ,
                   ferimini
                   ,
                   feruntur
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 
                   Preterinperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Poteram
                   ,
                
                 
                   as
                   ,
                   at
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   amus
                   ,
                   atis
                   ,
                   ant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Volebam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Nolebam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Malebam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Edebam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Fiebam
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferebam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferebar
                   ,
                
                 
                   baris
                   vel
                   bare
                   ,
                   batur
                   .
                   Plur.
                   bamur
                   bamini
                   ,
                   bantur
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singul
                   .
                
                 
                   Potui
                   ,
                
                 
                   isti
                   ,
                   it
                   .
                   Pl.
                   imus
                   ,
                   istis
                   ,
                   êrunt
                   ,
                   vel
                   êre
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Volui
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Nolui
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Malui
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Edi
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Tuli
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Factus
                
                 
                   sum
                   vel
                   fui
                   ,
                   tus
                   es
                   vel
                   fuisti
                   ,
                   tus
                   est
                   vel
                   fuit
                   .
                   
                     Plur
                     ▪
                  
                   ti
                   sumus
                   vel
                   fuimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   estis
                   vel
                   fuistis
                   ,
                   ti
                   sunt
                   ,
                   fuêrunt
                   ,
                   vel
                   fúêre
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Latus
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Poteram
                   ,
                
                 
                   ras
                   ,
                   rat
                   .
                   Plur.
                   ramus
                   ,
                   ratis
                   ,
                   rant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Volueram
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Nol●eram
                
              
               
                 
                   Malueram
                
              
               
                 
                   Ederam
                   ▪
                
              
               
                 
                   Tuleram
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Factus
                
                 
                   eram
                   vel
                   fueram
                   ,
                   tus
                   eras
                   vel
                   fueras
                   ,
                   tus
                   erat
                   vel
                   fuerat
                   .
                   Plur.
                   ti
                   eramus
                   vel
                   fueramus
                   ,
                   ti
                   eratis
                   vel
                   fueratis
                   ,
                   ti
                   erant
                   vel
                   fuerant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Latus
                
              
            
             
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   singular
                   .
                
                 
                   Potero
                   ,
                
                 
                   eris
                   ,
                   erit
                   .
                   Plur.
                   Poterimus
                   ,
                   eritis
                   ,
                   erunt
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Volam
                   ,
                
                 
                   es
                   ,
                   et
                   .
                   Plur.
                   emus
                   etis
                   ,
                   ent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Nolam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Malam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Edam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Fiam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Feram
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferar
                   ,
                
                 
                   ferêris
                   vel
                   ferêre
                   ,
                   feretur
                   .
                   Plur.
                   feremur
                   ,
                   feremini
                   ,
                   ferentur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   
                     Possum
                     ,
                     Volo
                     ,
                     Malo
                  
                   ,
                   have
                   no
                   imperative
                   mood
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
               
                 Imperative
                 Mood
                 .
                 Present
                 tense
                 singular
                 ,
              
               
                 
                   Noli
                   ,
                
                 
                   nolito
                   .
                
                 
                   
                     Plural
                     ▪
                  
                   Nolite
                   ,
                
                 
                   nolitote
                   .
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Es
                   ,
                   esto
                   .
                
                 
                   edat
                   ,
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   Edamus
                   ,
                
                 
                   edite
                   ,
                   este
                   ,
                
                 
                   edant
                
              
               
                 
                   ede
                   .
                
                 
                   esto
                   ,
                
                 
                   estote
                   ,
                
                 
                   edunto
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   edito
                   :
                
                 
                   edito
                   .
                
                 
                   editote
                   :
                
                 
                    
                
              
               
                 
                   Fito
                   tu
                   :
                
                 
                   Fiat
                   .
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   Fiamus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Fite
                   ,
                
                 
                   Fiant
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   fito
                   .
                
                 
                   fitote
                   :
                
                 
                   fiunto
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Fer.
                   
                
                 
                   Ferat
                   ,
                
                 
                   Plur.
                   Feramus
                   ,
                
                 
                   Ferte
                   ,
                
                 
                   Ferant
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   ferto
                   :
                
                 
                   ferto
                   .
                
                 
                   fertote
                   :
                
                 
                   ferunto
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferre
                   ,
                
                 
                   Feratur
                   ,
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   Feramur
                   .
                
                 
                   Ferimini
                
                 
                   Ferantur
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   fertor
                   :
                
                 
                   fertor
                   .
                
                 
                   feriminor
                
                 
                   feruntor
                   .
                
              
            
             
               
                 Optative
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Possim
                   .
                
                 
                   is
                   ,
                   it
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   imus
                   ,
                   itis
                   ,
                   in
                   t
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Velim
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Nolim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Malim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Edam
                   ,
                
                 
                   as
                   ,
                   at
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utinam
                   amus
                   ,
                   atis
                   ant
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Fiam
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Feram
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferar
                   ,
                   raris
                   vel
                   rare
                   ,
                   ratur
                   .
                
                 
                   P.
                   utin
                   .
                   amur
                   ,
                   amini
                   ,
                   antur
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterimperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Possem
                   ,
                
                 
                   es
                   ,
                   et
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   emus
                   ,
                   etis
                   ,
                   ent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Vellem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Nollem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Mallem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ederem
                   vel
                   essem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Fierem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferrem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferrer
                   ,
                   rêris
                   vel
                   rêre
                   ,
                   rêtur.
                   
                
                 
                   Pl.
                   utin
                   rêmur
                   ,
                   rêmini
                   ,
                   rentur
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterperfect
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Potuerim
                   ,
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   Plur.
                   utinam
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Voluerim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Noluerim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Maluerim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Ederim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Tulerim
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Factus
                
                 
                   sim
                   vel
                   fuerim
                   ,
                   tus
                   sis
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   sit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   ,
                   Plur.
                   u●inam
                   ti
                   simus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   sitis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   sint
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                   utinam
                
              
               
                 
                   Potuissem
                   ,
                
                 
                   ses
                   ,
                   set
                   .
                   Pl.
                   ut
                   in
                   .
                   semus
                   ,
                   setis
                   ,
                   sent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Voluissem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Noluissem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Maluissem
                   ▪
                
              
               
                 
                   Edissem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Tulissem
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Factus
                
                 
                   essem
                   vel
                   fuissem
                   ,
                   tus
                   esses
                   vel
                   fuisses
                   tus
                   esset
                   vel
                   fuisset
                   .
                   Plur.
                   utin
                   ▪
                   ti
                   essemus
                   vel
                   fuissemus
                   ,
                   ti
                   essetis
                   vel
                   fuissetis
                   ,
                   ti
                   essent
                   vel
                   fuissent
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Latus
                
              
               
                 
                   
                   Future
                   tense
                   singular
                   ,
                   utinam
                
                 
                   Potuero
                   ,
                
                 
                   ris
                   ,
                   rit
                   .
                   Plural
                   .
                   utinam
                   rimus
                   ,
                   ritis
                   ,
                   rint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Voluero
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Noluero
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Maluero
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Edero
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Tulero
                   ,
                
              
               
                 
                   Factus
                
                 
                   ero
                   vel
                   fuero
                   ,
                   tus
                   eris
                   vel
                   fueris
                   ,
                   tus
                   erit
                   vel
                   fuerit
                   .
                   Pl.
                   utin
                   .
                   ti
                   erimus
                   vel
                   fuerimus
                   ,
                   ti
                   eritis
                   vel
                   fueritis
                   ,
                   ti
                   erunt
                   vel
                   fuerint
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Latus
                
              
            
          
           
             The
             Potential
             and
             the
             Subjunctive
             mood
             be
             formed
             like
             the
             optative
             in
             voice
             ,
             and
             do
             differ
             onely
             in
             signification
             and
             signe
             of
             the
             mood
             .
          
           
             
               
                 Infinitive
                 Mood
                 .
              
               
                 
                   Present
                   tense
                   and
                   Preterimperf
                   .
                   tense
                   .
                
                 
                   Posse
                   ,
                
                 
                   Preterperf
                   .
                   and
                   Preterpluperfect
                   tense
                   ,
                
                 
                   Potuisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Velle
                   ,
                
                 
                   Voluisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Nolle
                   ,
                
                 
                   Noluisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Malle
                   ,
                
                 
                   Maluisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Edere
                   vel
                   esse
                   ,
                
                 
                   Edisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferre
                   ,
                
                 
                   Tulisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Fieri
                   ,
                
                 
                   Factum
                   esse
                   vel
                   fuisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Ferri
                   ,
                
                 
                   Latum
                   esse
                   vel
                   fuisse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Future
                   tense
                   sing
                   .
                
                 
                   Esurum
                   esse
                   .
                
                 
                   Factum
                   iri
                   ,
                   vel
                   faciendum
                   esse
                   .
                
              
               
                 
                   Laturum
                   esse
                   .
                
                 
                   Latum
                   iri
                   ,
                   vel
                   ferendum
                   esse
                   .
                
              
            
          
           
             Eo
             and
             Queo
             make
             Ibam
             and
             Quibam
             in
             the
             preterimperfect
             tense
             of
             the
             Indicative
             mood
             ,
             and
             Ibo
             and
             Quibo
             in
             the
             future
             tense
             :
             and
             in
             all
             other
             moods
             ,
             and
             tenses
             are
             varied
             like
             verbs
             in
             o
             of
             the
             fourth
             Conjugation
             ;
             saving
             that
             they
             make
             their
             gerunds
             ,
             
               Eundi
               ,
               cundo
               ,
               eundum
               .
               Queundi
               ,
               quendo
               ,
               queundum
               .
            
          
           
             Of
             the
             preterperfect
             tense
             of
             the
             Indicative
             mood
             ,
             
             be
             formed
             the
             preterpluperfect
             tense
             of
             the
             same
             mood
             ;
             the
             preterperfect
             tense
             ,
             the
             preterpluperfect
             tense
             ,
             and
             the
             future
             tense
             ,
             of
             the
             Optative
             mood
             ,
             the
             Potential
             mood
             ,
             and
             the
             Subjunctive
             mood
             ;
             the
             preterperfect
             tense
             ,
             and
             the
             preterpluperfect
             tense
             of
             the
             Infinitive
             mood
             :
             as
             of
             
             amavi
             ,
             are
             formed
             
               Amaveram
               ,
               amaverim
               ,
               amavero
            
             ,
             by
             changing
             i
             into
             o
             short
             :
             and
             ,
             
               Amavissem
               ,
               amavisse
            
             ,
             keeping
             i
             still
             .
          
           
             
               IMpersonals
               be
               declined
               throughout
               all
               Moods
               and
               Tenses
               in
               the
               voice
               of
               the
               third
               person
               singular
               onely
               :
            
             
             as
             ,
             Delectat
             ,
             delectabat
             ,
             delectavit
             ,
             delectaverat
             ,
             delectabit
             .
             Decet
             ,
             decebat
             ,
             decuit
             ,
             decuerat
             ,
             decebit
             ,
             decere
             .
             Studetur
             studebatur
             ,
             studitum
             est
             vel
             fuit
             ,
             studitum
             erat
             vel
             fuerat
             ,
             studebitur
             ,
             &c.
             
          
           
             And
             they
             have
             commonly
             before
             their
             English
             ,
             this
             signe
             It
             :
             as
             ,
             It
             delighteth
             ,
             Delectat
             .
             It
             becometh
             not
             ,
             
               Non
               decet
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           a
           Participle
           .
        
         
           A
           Participle
           is
           a
           part
           of
           speech
           derived
           of
           a
           Verb
           :
           and
           taketh
           part
           of
           a
           Noun
           ,
           as
           Gender
           ,
           case
           ,
           and
           declension
           :
           and
           part
           of
           a
           Verb
           ,
           as
           Tense
           and
           signification
           :
           and
           part
           of
           both
           ,
           as
           Number
           and
           figure
           .
        
         
           There
           be
           four
           kinds
           of
           Participles
           :
           
           one
           of
           the
           Present
           tense
           ,
           another
           of
           the
           preter
           tense
           ;
           one
           of
           the
           Future
           in
           rus
           ,
           &
           another
           of
           the
           Future
           in
           dus
           .
        
         
           A
           Participle
           of
           the
           Present
           tense
           hath
           his
           English
           ending
           in
           ing
           ;
           
           as
           Loving
           :
           &
           his
           Latine
           in
           ans
           or
           ens
           ;
           as
           
             Amans
             ,
             docens
          
           .
           And
           it
           is
           formed
           of
           the
           preterimperfect
           tense
           of
           the
           Indicative
           Mood
           by
           changing
           the
           last
           syllabe
           into
           ●s
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amabam
             ,
             amans
             .
             Audiebam
             ,
             audiens
             .
             Auxiliabar
             ,
             auxilians
             .
             Poteram
             ,
             potens
             .
          
        
         
           A
           Participle
           of
           the
           Future
           in
           rus
           betokeneth
           to
           do
           ,
           
           like
           the
           Infinitive
           mood
           of
           the
           Active
           voice
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amaturus
             ,
             
               To
               love
            
          
           ,
           or
           
             about
             to
             love
          
           .
           And
           it
           is
           formed
           of
           the
           latter
           Supine
           ,
           by
           putting
           to
           rus
           :
           as
           
             doctu
             ,
             docturus
          
           .
        
         
           A
           Participle
           of
           the
           Preter
           tense
           hath
           his
           English
           
           
           ending
           in
           d
           ,
           t
           ,
           or
           n
           ;
           as
           
             loved
             ,
             taught
             ,
             slain
          
           :
           and
           his
           Latine
           in
           
             tus
             ,
             sus
             ,
             xus
          
           ;
           as
           ,
           
             Amatus
             ,
             visus
             ,
             nexus
          
           ;
           and
           one
           in
           uus
           ,
           as
           Mortuus
           .
           And
           it
           is
           formed
           of
           the
           latter
           Supine
           ,
           by
           putting
           to
           s
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Lectu
             ,
             lectus
          
           ;
           except
           Mortuus
        
         
           A
           Participle
           of
           the
           Future
           in
           dus
           betokeneth
           to
           suffer
           ,
           
           like
           the
           Infinitive
           mood
           of
           the
           passive
           voice
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amandus
             ,
             
               To
               be
               loved
            
          
           .
           And
           it
           is
           formed
           of
           the
           Genitive
           case
           of
           the
           Participle
           of
           the
           present
           tense
           by
           changing
           t
           is
           into
           
             dus
             ▪
          
           as
           ,
           
             Amantis
             ,
             amandus
             ;
             Legentis
             ,
             legendus
             .
          
           And
           it
           is
           also
           found
           to
           have
           the
           signification
           of
           the
           Participle
           of
           the
           Present
           tense
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Legendis
             veteribus
             proficis
             ,
             
               In
               reading
               old
               authours
               thou
               dost
               profit
            
          
           .
        
         
           Of
           a
           verb
           Active
           ,
           
           and
           of
           a
           verb
           Neuter
           which
           hath
           the
           Supines
           ,
           come
           two
           Participles
           :
           one
           of
           the
           Present
           tense
           ,
           and
           another
           of
           the
           Future
           in
           rus
           ;
           as
           of
           Amo
           ,
           cometh
           
             Amans
             ,
             amaturus
          
           :
           of
           
             Curro
             ,
             Currens
             ,
             cursurus
          
           .
        
         
           Of
           a
           verb
           Passive
           ,
           
           whose
           Active
           hath
           the
           Supines
           ,
           come
           two
           Participles
           :
           one
           of
           the
           Preter
           tense
           ,
           and
           another
           of
           the
           Future
           tense
           in
           dus
           :
           as
           of
           Amor
           cometh
           
             amatus
             ,
             amandus
          
           .
        
         
           Of
           a
           verb
           deponent
           come
           three
           Participles
           :
           
           one
           of
           the
           Present
           tense
           ,
           one
           of
           the
           Preter
           tense
           ,
           and
           another
           of
           the
           Future
           in
           rus
           :
           as
           of
           Auxilior
           ,
           cometh
           
             auxilians
             ,
             auxiliatus
             ,
             auxiliaturus
          
           .
        
         
           And
           if
           the
           verb
           Deponent
           do
           govern
           an
           Accusative
           case
           after
           him
           ,
           it
           may
           form
           also
           a
           participle
           in
           dus
           :
           as
           of
           
             Loquor
             ,
             loquendus
          
           .
        
         
           Of
           a
           verb
           Commune
           come
           four
           participles
           :
           
           as
           of
           Largior
           ,
           cometh
           
             largiens
             ,
             largiturus
             ,
             largitus
             ,
             largiendus
             .
          
        
         
           Participles
           of
           the
           present
           tense
           be
           declined
           like
           Nouns
           adjectives
           of
           three
           articles
           :
           as
           ,
           
           
             Nominativo
             hic
             ,
             haec
             &
             hoc
             amans
             ,
             Genitivo
             hujus
             amantis
             ,
             Dativo
             huic
             amanti
             ,
             &c.
             
          
        
         
         
           Participles
           of
           other
           tenses
           be
           declined
           like
           Nouns
           adjectives
           of
           three
           divers
           endings
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amaturus
             ,
             amatura
             ,
             amaturum
             :
             Amatus
             ,
             amata
             ,
             amatum
             :
             Amandus
             ,
             amanda
             ,
             amandum
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           an
           Adverb
           .
        
         
           AN
           Adverb
           is
           a
           part
           of
           speech
           ioyned
           to
           the
           Verbs
           to
           declare
           their
           signification
           .
        
         
           
             
               Adverbs
               some
               be
               of
               Time
               :
               as
               ,
            
             Hodie
             ,
             cras
             ,
             herî
             ,
             perendie
             ,
             olim
             ,
             aliquando
             ,
             nuper
             ,
             quando
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Place
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Ubi
             ,
             ibi
             ,
             hìc
             ,
             istìc
             ,
             illìc
             ,
             intùs
             ,
             forís
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Number
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Semel
             ,
             bis
             ,
             ter
             ,
             quater
             ,
             iterum
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Order
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Indè
             ,
             deinde
             ,
             denique
             ,
             postremó
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Asking
               or
               doubting
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Cur
             ,
             quare
             ,
             unde
             ,
             quorsum
             num
             nunquid
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Calling
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Heus
             ,
             ô
             ,
             ehodum
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Affirming
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Certè
             ,
             nae
             ,
             profectò
             ,
             sanè
             ,
             scilicet
             ,
             licèt
             ,
             estó
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Denying
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Non
             ,
             haud
             ,
             minimè
             ,
             neutiquam
             ,
             nequaquam
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Swearing
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Pol
             ,
             aedepol
             ,
             hercle
             ,
             medius-fidiús
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Exhorting
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Eia
             ,
             agè
             ,
             agitè
             ,
             agedum
             ,
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Flattering
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Sodes
             ,
             amabó
             ▪
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             Forbidding
             :
             as
             ,
             Nè
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Wishing
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Utinam
             ,
             si
             ,
             ô
             si
             ,
             ô.
             
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Gathering
               together
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Simul
             ,
             unà
             ,
             pariter
             ,
             non
             modò
             ,
             non
             solúm
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Parting
               ;
               as
            
             ,
             Seorsum
             ,
             sigillatim
             ,
             vicatim
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Choosing
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Potiùs
             ,
             imó
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               A
               thing
               not
               finished
               :
               as
               ,
            
             Penè
             ,
             ferè
             ,
             propè
             ,
             vix
             ,
             modò
             ,
             non
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             Shewing
             ▪
             as
             .
             
               En
               ,
               ecce
            
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Doubting
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Forsan
             ,
             forsitan
             ,
             fortassis
             ,
             fortasse
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Chance
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Fortè
             ,
             fortuitó
             .
          
           
           
             Some
             be
             of
             Some
             be
             of
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Likeness
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Sic
             ,
             sicut
             ,
             quasi
             ,
             ceu
             ,
             tanquam
             ,
             velut
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Qualitie
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Bene
             ,
             malè
             ,
             doctè
             ,
             fortiter
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Quantity
               :
               as
            
             .
             Multùm
             ,
             parùm
             ,
             minimùm
             ,
             paululùm
             .
             plurimúm
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             of
             
               Comparison
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Tam
             ,
             quàm
             ,
             magìs
             ,
             minùs
             ,
             maximè
             .
          
        
         
           
             Certain
             adverbs
             be
             compared
             :
             as
             ,
          
           Doctè
           ,
           doctiús
           ,
           doctissimé
           .
           Fortiter
           ,
           fortiùs
           ,
           fortissimé
           .
           Propè
           ▪
           propiùs
           ,
           proximé
           .
        
         
           Also
           the
           voices
           of
           Prepositions
           ,
           if
           they
           be
           set
           alone
           ,
           not
           having
           any
           casuall
           word
           to
           serve
           unto
           joyned
           with
           them
           ,
           be
           not
           prepositions
           ,
           but
           are
           changed
           into
           adverbs
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Qui
             antè
             non
             cavet
             ,
             pòst
             dolebit
             ,
          
           He
           that
           bewareth
           not
           afore
           ,
           shall
           be
           sorry
           afterward
           .
           
             Coràm
             laudare
             ,
             &
             clàm
             vituperare
             ,
             inhonestum
             est
             ,
          
           In
           presence
           to
           commend
           one
           ,
           and
           behinde
           the
           back
           to
           dispraise
           ,
           is
           an
           unhonest
           part
           .
        
      
       
         
           Of
           a
           Conjunction
           .
        
         
           A
           Conjunction
           is
           a
           part
           of
           speech
           that
           joyneth
           words
           and
           sentences
           together
           .
        
         
           
             Some
             be
             Of
             Conjunctions
             some
             be
             Copulatives
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Et
               ,
               que
               ,
               quoque
               ,
               ac
               ,
               atque
               ,
               nec
               ,
               neque
               .
            
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Disjunctives
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Aut
             ,
             ve
             ,
             vel
             ,
             seu
             ,
             sive
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             Discretives
             :
             as
             ,
             Sed
             ,
             quidem
             ,
             autem
             ,
             verò
             ,
             at
             ,
             ast
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Causals
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Nam
             ,
             namque
             enim
             ,
             etenim
             ,
             quia
             ,
             ut
             ,
             quòd
             ,
             quum
             ,
             quoniam
             ,
             and
             quando
             
               set
               for
            
             quoniam
             .
          
           
           
             Some
             be
             Some
             be
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Conditionals
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Si
             ,
             sin
             ,
             modò
             ,
             dum
             ,
             dummodo
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Exceptives
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Ni
             ,
             nisi
             ,
             quin
             ,
             alioquin
             ,
             praeterquam
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Interrogatives
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Nè
             ,
             an
             ,
             utrùm
             ,
             necne
             ,
             anne
             ,
             nonne
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Illatives
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Ergò
             ,
             ideo
             ,
             igitur
             ,
             quare
             ,
             itaque
             ,
             proin
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Adversatives
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Etsi
             ,
             quanquam
             ,
             quamvìs
             ,
             licèt
             ,
             estó
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             Redditives
             to
             the
             same
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Tamen
               ,
               attamen
            
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             
               Electives
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Quàm
             ,
             ac
             ,
             atque
             .
          
           
             Some
             be
             Diminutives
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Saltem
               ,
               vel
            
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           a
           Preposition
           .
        
         
           A
           Preposition
           is
           a
           part
           of
           Speech
           most
           commonly
           set
           before
           other
           parts
           ,
           either
           in
           Apposition
           ,
           as
           
             Ad
             patrem
          
           ;
           or
           else
           in
           Composition
           :
           as
           ,
           Indoctus
           .
        
         
           
             These
             Prepositions
             following
             serve
             to
             the
             Accusative
             case
             .
          
           
             Ad
             ,
          
           
             To.
             
          
           
             Apud
             ,
          
           
             At.
             
          
           
             Ante
             ,
          
           
             Before
             .
          
           
             Adversus
             ,
          
           
             Against
          
           
             Adversum
             ,
          
           
             Against
          
           
             Cis
             ,
          
           
             On
             this
             side
             .
          
           
             Citra
             ,
          
           
             On
             this
             side
             .
          
           
             Circum
             ,
          
           
             About
             .
          
           
             Circa
             ,
          
           
             About
             .
          
           
             Contra
             ,
          
           
             Against
             .
          
           
             Erga
             ,
          
           
             Towards
             .
          
           
             Extra
             ,
          
           
             without
             .
          
           
             Intra
             ,
          
           
             within
             .
          
           
             Inter
             ,
          
           
             Between
             .
          
           
             Infra
             ,
          
           
             Beneath
             .
          
           
             Juxta
             ,
          
           
             Beside
             ,
             or
             night
             〈◊〉
             .
          
           
             Ob.
             
          
           
             For.
             
          
           
           
             Pone
             ,
          
           
             Behinde
             .
          
           
             Per
             ,
          
           
             By
             or
             through
             .
          
           
             Prope
             ,
          
           
             Nigh
             .
          
           
             Propter
             .
          
           
             For.
             
          
           
             Secundum
             ,
          
           
             After
             .
          
           
             Post
             ,
          
           
             After
             .
          
           
             Trans
             ,
          
           
             On
             the
             further
             side
             .
          
           
             Ultra
          
           
             Beyond
             .
          
           
             Praeter
             ,
          
           
             Beside
             .
          
           
             Supra
             ,
          
           
             Above
             .
          
           
             Circiter
             ,
          
           
             About
             .
          
           
             Usque
             ,
          
           
             Vntil
             .
          
           
             Secus
             ,
          
           
             By.
             
          
           
             Versus
             ,
          
           
             Towards
             .
          
           
             Penes
             ,
          
           
             In
             the
             power
             .
          
        
         
           Where
           note
           ,
           that
           Verius
           ,
           is
           set
           after
           his
           casual
           word
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Londinum
             versus
          
           ,
           Towards
           London
           .
           And
           likewise
           may
           Penes
           be
           set
           also
           .
        
         
           
             These
             Prepositions
             following
             serve
             To
             the
             Ablative
             case
             .
          
           
             A
             ab
             ,
             abs
             ,
          
           
             From
             or
             fro
             .
          
           
             Cum.
             
          
           
             with
             .
          
           
             Coram
             ,
          
           
             Before
             ,
             or
             in
             presence
             .
          
           
             Clam
             ,
          
           
             Privily
             .
          
           
             De
             ,
          
           
             Of
             or
             fro
             .
          
           
             E
             ,
          
           
             Of
             or
             fro
             .
          
           
             Ex
             ,
          
           
             Of
             or
             fro
             .
          
           
             Pro
             ,
          
           
             For.
             
          
           
             Prae
             ,
          
           
             Before
             ,
             or
             in
             comparison
             .
          
           
             Palam
             ,
          
           
             Openly
             ▪
          
           
             Sine
             ,
          
           
             Without
             .
          
           
             Absque
             ,
          
           
             Without
             .
          
           
             Tenus
             ,
          
           
             Vntil
             or
             up
             to
             .
          
        
         
           Where
           note
           that
           if
           the
           casual
           word
           joyned
           with
           Tenus
           be
           the
           plural
           number
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           Genitive
           case
           ,
           and
           be
           set
           before
           Tenus
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Aurium
             tenus
          
           ,
           Vp
           to
           the
           ears
           :
           
             Genuum
             tenus
          
           ,
           Vp
           to
           the
           knees
           .
        
         
           Note
           also
           ,
           that
           the
           voices
           of
           Prepositions
           ,
           being
           set
           alone
           without
           their
           casual
           words
           be
           not
           Prepositions
           ,
           but
           are
           changed
           into
           Adverbs
           :
           as
           is
           aforesaid
           in
           the
           Adverb
           .
        
         
           
           
             These
             Prepositions
             following
             serve
             to
             both
             cases
             .
          
           
             In
             with
             this
             signe
             To
             ,
             to
             the
             accusative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
             
               In
               urbem
            
             ,
             Into
             the
             city
             .
             In
             without
             this
             signe
             To
             ,
             to
             the
             ablative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
             
               In
               te
               spes
               est
            
             ,
             My
             hope
             is
             in
             thee
             .
             
               Sub
               noctem
            
             ,
             A
             little
             before
             night
             .
          
           
             
               Sub
               judice
               lis
               est
            
             ,
             The
             matter
             is
             before
             the
             judge
             .
          
           
             
               Super
               lapidem
            
             ,
             Vpon
             a
             stone
             .
          
           
             
               Super
               viridi
               fronde
            
             ,
             Vpon
             a
             green
             leaf
             .
          
           
             
               Subter
               terram
            
             ,
             Vnder
             the
             earth
             .
          
           
             
               Subter
               aquis
            
             ,
             Vnder
             the
             water
             .
          
        
      
       
         
           Of
           an
           Interjection
           .
        
         
           AN
           Interjection
           is
           a
           part
           of
           speech
           which
           betokeneth
           a
           sudden
           passion
           of
           the
           minde
           ;
           under
           an
           imperfect
           voice
           .
        
         
           Some
           are
           of
           Mirth
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Evax
             ,
             vah
          
           .
        
         
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Sorrow
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Heu
               ,
               hei
            
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Dread
             :
             as
             ,
             Atat
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Marvelling
             :
             as
             ,
             Papae
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Disdaining
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Hem
               ,
               vah
            
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Shunning
             :
             as
             ,
             Apage
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Praysing
             :
             as
             ,
             Euge.
             
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Scorning
             :
             as
             ,
             Hui
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             
               Exclamation
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Proh
             deûm
             atque
             hominum
             fidem
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Cursing
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Vae
               ,
               malùm
            
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             
               Laughing
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Ha
             ,
             ha
             ,
             he
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             
               Calling
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Eho
             ,
             oh
             ,
             io
             .
          
           
             Some
             are
             of
             Silence
             :
             as
             ,
             Au.
             And
             such
             others
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           THE
           CONCORDS
           of
           Latine
           Speech
           .
        
         
           FOr
           the
           due
           joyning
           of
           words
           in
           construction
           ,
           it
           is
           to
           be
           understood
           ,
           that
           in
           Latine
           speech
           there
           be
           three
           Concords
           :
           The
           first
           between
           the
           nominative
           case
           and
           the
           verb
           ,
           The
           second
           ,
           between
           the
           substantive
           and
           the
           adjective
           ,
           The
           third
           ,
           between
           the
           antecedent
           and
           the
           relative
           .
        
         
           
             The
             first
             Concord
             .
          
           
             WHen
             an
             English
             is
             given
             to
             be
             made
             in
             Latine
             ,
             look
             out
             the
             principal
             verb.
             If
             there
             be
             more
             verbs
             then
             one
             in
             a
             sentence
             ,
             the
             first
             is
             the
             principal
             verb
             ,
             except
             it
             be
             the
             infinitive
             mood
             ,
             or
             have
             before
             it
             a
             relative
             :
             as
             ,
             
               that
               ,
               whom
               ,
               which
            
             :
             or
             a
             conjunction
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Ut
               ,
               that
               Cùm
               when
               Si
               ,
               if
            
             ;
             ;
             ;
             and
             such
             others
             .
          
           
             When
             ye
             have
             found
             the
             verb
             ask
             this
             question
             ,
             who
             ,
             or
             what
             ?
             and
             the
             word
             that
             answereth
             to
             the
             question
             shall
             be
             the
             nominative
             case
             to
             the
             verb
             ;
             except
             it
             be
             a
             verb
             impersonal
             ,
             which
             will
             have
             no
             nominative
             case
             .
             And
             the
             nominative
             case
             shall
             in
             making
             and
             construing
             Latine
             be
             set
             before
             the
             verb
             ;
             except
             a
             question
             be
             asked
             ,
             and
             then
             the
             nominative
             is
             set
             after
             the
             verb
             ,
             or
             after
             the
             sign
             of
             the
             verb
             :
             as
             ,
             b
             Amas
             a
             tu
             ?
             Lovest
             thou
             ?
             b
             Venítne
             a
             Rex
             ?
             Doth
             the
             king
             come
             ?
          
           
             Likewise
             if
             the
             verb
             be
             of
             the
             Imperative
             mood
             :
             as
             ,
             b
             Ama
             a
             tu
             ,
             Love
             thou
             b
             Amato
             a
             ille
             ,
             Let
             him
             love
             .
          
           
             And
             sometime
             when
             this
             sign
             ,
             it
             ,
             or
             there
             ,
             cometh
             before
             the
             English
             of
             the
             verb
             :
             as
             ,
             b
             Est
             a
             
               liber
               
               meus
            
             ,
             It
             is
             my
             book
             .
             a
             
               Venit
               ad
               meb
            
             quidam
             ,
             There
             came
             one
             to
             me
             .
             And
             that
             casual
             word
             which
             cometh
             next
             after
             the
             verb
             ,
             and
             answereth
             to
             this
             question
             whom
             ?
             or
             what
             ?
             made
             by
             the
             verb
             ,
             shall
             commonly
             be
             the
             accusative
             case
             :
             except
             the
             verb
             do
             properly
             govern
             another
             case
             after
             him
             to
             be
             construed
             withall
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Si
               cupisa
            
             placereb
             magistro
             ,
             a
             utere
             b
             
               diligentiâ
               ;
               nec
               sis
               tantus
            
             b
             
               cessator
               ,
               utb
            
             calcaribus
             a
             indigeas
             ,
             If
             thou
             covet
             to
             please
             the
             master
             ,
             use
             diligence
             :
             &
             be
             not
             so
             slack
             ,
             that
             thou
             shalt
             need
             spurs
             .
          
           
             A
             verb
             personal
             agreeth
             with
             his
             nominative
             case
             in
             number
             and
             person
             :
             as
             ,
             a
             Praeceptor
             b
             legit
             ,
             z
             
               vos
               verò
            
             b
             negligitis
             ,
             The
             master
             readeth
             ,
             and
             ye
             regard
             not
             .
             Where
             note
             ,
             that
             the
             first
             person
             is
             more
             worthy
             then
             the
             second
             ,
             and
             the
             second
             more
             worthy
             then
             the
             third
             .
          
           
             Many
             nominative
             cases
             singular
             ,
             with
             a
             conjunction
             copulative
             coming
             between
             them
             ,
             will
             have
             a
             verb
             plural
             ;
             which
             verb
             plural
             shall
             agree
             with
             the
             nominative
             case
             of
             the
             most
             worthy
             person
             ,
             as
             a
             
               Ego
               &
               tu
            
             b
             
               sumus
               in
               tuto
            
             ,
             I
             and
             thou
             be
             in
             safeguard
             .
             a
             
               Tu
               &
               pater
            
             b
             periclitamini
             ,
             Thou
             &
             thy
             father
             are
             in
             jeopardy
             .
             a
             
               Pater
               &
               praeceptor
            
             b
             
               accersunt
               te
            
             ,
             Thy
             father
             and
             thy
             master
             have
             sent
             for
             thee
             .
          
           
             When
             a
             verb
             cometh
             between
             two
             nominative
             cases
             of
             divers
             numbers
             ,
             the
             verb
             may
             indifferently
             accord
             with
             either
             of
             them
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             be
             both
             of
             one
             person
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Amantium
               irae
               ,
               amoris
            
             a
             redintegratio
             b
             est
             ,
             The
             falling
             out
             of
             lovers
             is
             the
             renewing
             of
             love
             .
             a
             
               Quid
               enim
               nisi
            
             a
             vota
             b
             supersunt
             ?
             For
             wh●●r
             remaineth
             save
             onely
             prayers
             ?
             
               Pectora
               percussit
            
             ,
             a
             
               pectus
               quoque
            
             a
             robora
             b
             fiunt
             ,
             She
             stroke
             her
             breast
             ,
             and
             her
             breast
             turned
             into
             oak
             also
             .
          
           
             Here
             note
             also
             ,
             that
             sometime
             the
             infinitive
             mood
             of
             a
             verb
             ,
             or
             else
             a
             whole
             clause
             afore-going
             ,
             or
             else
             some
             member
             of
             a
             sentence
             may
             be
             the
             nominative
             
             case
             to
             the
             verb
             :
             as
             ,
             a
             
               Diluculo
               surgere
               ,
               saluberrimum
            
             b
             est
             ,
             To
             rise
             betime
             in
             the
             morning
             ,
             is
             the
             most
             wholsome
             thing
             in
             the
             world
             .
             a
             
               Multum
               scire
               ,
               vita
            
             b
             
               est
               jucundissima
            
             ,
             To
             know
             much
             ,
             is
             the
             most
             pleasant
             (
             or
             sweetest
             )
             life
             of
             all
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             second
             Concord
             .
          
           
             WHen
             ye
             have
             an
             adjective
             ,
             ask
             this
             question
             who
             ?
             or
             what
             ?
             and
             the
             word
             that
             answereth
             to
             the
             question
             ,
             shall
             be
             the
             substantive
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             adjective
             ,
             whether
             it
             be
             a
             noun
             ,
             pronoun
             ,
             or
             participle
             ,
             agreeth
             with
             his
             substantive
             in
             case
             ,
             gender
             and
             number
             :
             as
             ,
             Amicus
             b
             
               certus
               in
            
             a
             re
             b
             
               incerta
               cernitur
            
             ,
             A
             sure
             friend
             is
             tried
             in
             a
             doubtful
             matter
             ,
             a
             Homo
             b
             armatus
             ,
             A
             man
             armed
             .
             a
             
               Ager
               colendus
            
             .
             A
             field
             to
             be
             tilled
             .
             b
             Hic
             c
             vir
             ,
             This
             man.
             b
             Meus
             a
             
               herus
               est
            
             ,
             It
             is
             my
             master
             .
          
           
             Where
             note
             ,
             that
             the
             Mosculine
             gender
             is
             more
             worthy
             then
             the
             Feminine
             ,
             and
             the
             Feminine
             more
             worthy
             then
             the
             Neuter
             .
          
           
             Many
             substantives
             singular
             ,
             having
             a
             conjunction
             copulative
             coming
             between
             them
             ,
             will
             have
             an
             adjective
             plural
             ;
             which
             adjective
             shall
             agree
             with
             the
             substantive
             of
             the
             most
             worthy
             gender
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Rex
               &
               Regina
               ,
               beati
            
             ,
             The
             king
             &
             the
             queen
             are
             blessed
             .
          
        
         
           
             The
             third
             Concord
             .
          
           
             WHen
             ye
             have
             a
             relative
             ,
             ask
             this
             question
             who
             ?
             or
             what
             ?
             and
             the
             word
             that
             answereth
             to
             the
             question
             ,
             shall
             be
             the
             antecedent
             to
             it
             .
          
           
             The
             antecedent
             most
             commonly
             is
             a
             word
             th●●
             goeth
             before
             the
             relative
             ,
             and
             is
             rehearsed
             again
             of
             the
             relative
             .
          
           
             The
             relative
             agreeth
             with
             his
             antecedent
             in
             gender
             ,
             number
             and
             person
             :
             as
             a
             
               Vir
               sapit
            
             ,
             b
             
               qui
               pauca
               loquitur
            
             ,
             That
             man
             is
             wise
             that
             speaketh
             few
             things
             ,
             or
             words
             .
          
           
           
           
           
           
           
             Sometimes
             the
             relative
             hath
             for
             his
             antecedent
             the
             whole
             reason
             that
             goeth
             before
             him
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             shall
             be
             put
             in
             the
             neuter
             gender
             and
             singular
             number
             :
             as
             ,
             a
             
               In
               tempore
               veni
            
             ,
             b
             
               quod
               omnium
               rerum
               est
               primum
            
             ,
             I
             came
             in
             season
             which
             is
             the
             chiefest
             thing
             of
             all
             .
             But
             if
             the
             relative
             be
             referred
             to
             two
             clauses
             or
             more
             ,
             then
             the
             relative
             shall
             be
             but
             in
             the
             plural
             number
             :
             as
             ,
             a
             
               Tu
               multùm
               dormis
               &
            
             a
             
               saepe
               potas
            
             ,
             b
             
               quae
               ambo
               sunt
               corpori
               inimica
            
             ,
             Thou
             sleepest
             much
             ,
             &
             drinkest
             often
             ,
             both
             which
             things
             are
             naught
             for
             the
             body
             .
          
           
             When
             this
             English
             that
             ,
             may
             be
             turned
             into
             this
             English
             which
             ,
             it
             is
             a
             relative
             :
             otherwise
             it
             is
             a
             conjunction
             ,
             which
             in
             Latine
             is
             called
             quòd
             ,
             or
             ut
             ,
             and
             in
             making
             Latine
             ,
             it
             may
             elegantly
             be
             put
             away
             ,
             by
             turning
             the
             nominative
             case
             into
             the
             accusative
             ,
             and
             the
             verb
             into
             the
             infinitive
             mood
             :
             as
             ,
             Gaudeo
             a
             
               quòd
               tu
               bene
            
             b
             
               vales
               :
               Gaudeo
            
             a
             
               te
               bene
            
             b
             valere
             ,
             I
             am
             glad
             that
             thou
             art
             in
             good
             health
             .
             Jubeo
             a
             
               ut
               tu
            
             b
             
               abeas
               :
               Jubeo
            
             a
             te
             ●
             abire
             ,
             I
             bid
             that
             thou
             go
             hence
             .
          
           
             Many
             antecedents
             singular
             ,
             having
             a
             conjunction
             copulative
             between
             them
             ,
             will
             have
             a
             relative
             plural
             ;
             which
             relative
             shall
             agree
             with
             the
             antecedent
             of
             the
             most
             worthy
             gender
             :
             as
             ,
             a
             
               Imperium
               &
            
             aa
             dignitas
             b
             
               quae
               petîisti
            
             ,
             The
             rule
             and
             dignity
             which
             thou
             hast
             required
             .
          
           
             But
             in
             things
             not
             apt
             to
             have
             life
             ,
             the
             neuter
             gender
             is
             most
             worthy
             :
             yea
             ,
             &
             in
             such
             case
             ,
             though
             the
             substantives
             ,
             or
             antecedents
             be
             of
             the
             masculine
             or
             of
             the
             feminine
             gender
             ,
             and
             none
             of
             them
             of
             the
             neuter
             ;
             yet
             may
             the
             adjective
             or
             relative
             be
             put
             in
             the
             neuter
             gender
             :
             as
             ,
             a
             
               Arcus
               &
            
             aa
             
               calami
               sunt
               bona
            
             .
             The
             bow
             and
             arrows
             be
             good
             :
             a
             
               Arcus
               &
            
             aa
             calami
             b
             
               quae
               fregisti
            
             ,
             The
             bow
             and
             arrows
             which
             thou
             hast
             broken
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           case
           of
           the
           Relative
           .
        
         
           WHen
           there
           cometh
           no
           nominative
           case
           between
           the
           relative
           and
           the
           verb
           ,
           the
           relative
           shall
           be
           the
           nominative
           case
           to
           the
           verb
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Miser
             est
          
           a
           
             qui
             nummos
          
           b
           admiratur
           ,
           Wretched
           is
           that
           person
           which
           is
           in
           love
           with
           money
           .
        
         
           But
           when
           there
           cometh
           a
           nominative
           case
           between
           the
           relative
           and
           the
           verb
           ,
           the
           relative
           shall
           besuch
           case
           as
           the
           verb
           will
           have
           after
           him
           :
           as
           ,
           Felix
           ,
           b
           quem
           aa
           
             faciunt
             aliena
          
           a
           
             pericula
             cautum
          
           .
           Happy
           is
           he
           whom
           other
           mens
           harins
           do
           make
           to
           beware
           .
        
         
           As
           the
           relative
           may
           be
           the
           nominative
           case
           to
           the
           verb
           ,
           so
           it
           may
           be
           the
           substantive
           to
           the
           adjective
           that
           is
           joyned
           with
           him
           ,
           or
           that
           cometh
           after
           him
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Divitias
             amare
             noli
          
           ,
           a
           
             quod
             omnium
             est
          
           b
           sordidissimum
           ,
           Love
           not
           thou
           riches
           ,
           which
           to
           do
           is
           the
           most
           beggerly
           thing
           in
           the
           world
           .
        
         
           Nouns
           interrogatives
           and
           indefinites
           follow
           the
           rule
           of
           the
           relative
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Quis
             ,
             uter
             ,
             qualis
             ,
             quantus
             ,
             quotus
             ,
             &c.
          
           which
           evermore
           come
           before
           the
           verb
           ,
           like
           as
           the
           relative
           doth
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Hei
             mihi
             !
             qualis
             erat
             ?
             Talis
             erat
             ,
          
           b
           
             qualem
             nunquam
          
           ●
           vidi
           .
        
         
           Yet
           here
           is
           to
           be
           understood
           and
           noted
           ,
           that
           the
           relative
           is
           not
           always
           governed
           of
           the
           verb
           that
           it
           cometh
           before
           ,
           but
           sometime
           of
           the
           infinitive
           mood
           that
           cometh
           after
           the
           verb
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Quibus
             voluisti
             me
             gratias
          
           a
           
             agere
             ,
             egi
          
           ,
           What
           persons
           thou
           wouldest
           me
           to
           thank
           ,
           I
           have
           thanked
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           a
           participle
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Quibus
             rebus
          
           a
           
             adductus
             fecisti
          
           ?
           With
           what
           things
           moved
           didst
           thou
           it
           ?
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           the
           gerund
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Quae
             nunc
             non
             est
          
           a
           
             narrandi
             locus
          
           ,
           Which
           things
           at
           this
           present
           is
           no
           time
           to
           tell
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           the
           preposition
           set
           before
           him
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           Quem
           a
           
             in
             locum
             deducta
             res
             sit
             ,
             vides
             ,
          
           Vnto
           what
           
           state
           the
           matter
           is
           now
           brought
           ,
           thou
           seest
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           the
           substantive
           that
           it
           doth
           accord
           with
           ;
           as
           ,
           Senties
           b
           qui
           a
           
             vir
             siem
          
           Thou
           shalt
           perceive
           what
           a
           fellow
           I
           am
           .
           Albeit
           in
           this
           manner
           of
           speaking
           ,
           qui
           is
           an
           indefinite
           ,
           and
           not
           a
           relative
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           a
           noun
           partitive
           or
           distributive
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Quarum
             rerum
          
           a
           
             utram
             minùs
             velim
             ,
             non
             facilè
             possum
             existimare
             ,
          
           Of
           the
           which
           two
           things
           ,
           whether
           I
           would
           with
           less
           will
           have
           ,
           I
           cannot
           easily
           esteem
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           put
           in
           the
           genitive
           case
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           substantive
           coming
           next
           after
           him
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Ego
             illum
             non
             novi
          
           ,
           b
           cujus
           a
           
             causâ
             hoc
             incipis
          
           ,
           I
           knew
           him
           not
           ,
           for
           whose
           cause
           thou
           beginnest
           this
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           otherwise
           governed
           of
           a
           noun
           substantive
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Omnia
             tibi
             dabuntur
          
           ,
           b
           quibus
           a
           
             opus
             habes
          
           .
           All
           things
           shall
           be
           given
           thee
           which
           thou
           hast
           need
           of
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           an
           adverb
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Cui
             utrùma
          
           
             obviàm
             procedam
             nondum
             statui
          
           ,
           Whom
           whether
           I
           will
           go
           to
           meet
           with
           ,
           I
           have
           not
           yet
           determined
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           with
           this
           signe
           then
           ,
           &
           is
           governed
           of
           the
           comparative
           degree
           coming
           after
           him
           :
           as
           
             Utere
             virtute
          
           ,
           b
           
             quâ
             nihil
             esta
          
           melius
           ,
           Vse
           vertue
           ,
           then
           the
           which
           nothing
           is
           better
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           not
           governed
           at
           all
           ,
           but
           is
           put
           in
           the
           abla●ive
           case
           absolute
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Quantus
             erat
             Julius
             Caesar
          
           .
           ab
           
             quo
             Imperatore
             ,
             Romani
             primùm
             Britanniam
             ingressi
             sunt
             !
          
           How
           worthy
           a
           man
           was
           Iulius
           Cesar
           ,
           under
           whose
           conduct
           the
           Romans
           first
           entred
           into
           Britain
           !
        
         
           Also
           when
           it
           signifiith
           an
           instrument
           where
           with
           a
           thing
           is
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           it
           is
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Ferrum
             habuit
          
           ,
           b
           
             quo
             sea
          
           occideret
           ,
           He
           had
           a
           knife
           ,
           wherewith
           he
           would
           have
           slain
           himself
           .
        
         
           When
           a
           relative
           cometh
           between
           two
           substantives
           
           of
           divers
           genders
           ,
           it
           may
           indifferently
           accord
           with
           either
           of
           them
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Avis
           ,
           b
           
             quae
             passer
             appellatur
          
           ;
           or
           ,
           Avis
           ,
           b
           qui
           a
           
             passer
             appellatur
          
           ,
           The
           bird
           which
           is
           called
           a
           sparrow
           .
           Yea
           ,
           though
           the
           substantives
           be
           of
           divers
           numbers
           also
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Estne
             ea
          
           a
           Lutetia
           ,
           b
           
             quam
             nos
             Parisios
             dicimus
          
           ?
           Is
           not
           that
           called
           Lutetia
           ,
           that
           we
           do
           call
           Paris
           ?
           or
           else
           ,
           
             Estne
             ea
             Lutetia
          
           ,
           b
           
             quos
             nos
          
           a
           
             Parisios
             dicimus
          
           ?
        
      
       
         
           Constructions
           of
           nouns
           Substantives
           .
        
         
           WHen
           two
           substantives
           come
           together
           betokening
           divers
           things
           ,
           the
           latter
           shall
           be
           the
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Facundia
           b
           Ciceronis
           ,
           The
           eloquence
           of
           Cicero
           .
           a
           Opus
           b
           Virgilii
           ,
           The
           work
           of
           Virgil.
           a
           Amator
           b
           studiorum
           ,
           A
           lover
           of
           studies
           .
           a
           Dogma
           b
           Platonis
           ,
           The
           opinion
           of
           Plato
           .
           But
           if
           they
           belong
           both
           to
           one
           thing
           ,
           they
           shall
           be
           put
           both
           in
           one
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Pater
             meus
          
           b
           
             vir
             amat
          
           a
           me
           b
           puerum
           ,
           My
           father
           being
           a
           man
           loveth
           me
           a
           child
           .
        
         
           When
           the
           English
           of
           this
           word
           res
           ,
           is
           put
           with
           an
           adjective
           ,
           ye
           may
           put
           away
           res
           ,
           and
           put
           the
           adjective
           in
           the
           neuter
           gender
           ,
           like
           a
           substantive
           :
           as
           ,
           ab
           
             Multa
             me
             impedierunt
          
           ,
           Many
           things
           have
           letted
           me
           .
           And
           being
           so
           put
           ,
           it
           may
           be
           the
           substantive
           to
           the
           adjective
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Pauca
             his
          
           b
           similia
           ,
           A
           few
           things
           like
           unto
           these
           .
           a
           Nonnulla
           b
           hujusmodi
           ,
           Many
           things
           of
           like
           sort
           .
        
         
           An
           adjective
           in
           the
           neuter
           gender
           ,
           put
           alone
           without
           a
           substantive
           ,
           standeth
           for
           a
           substantive
           ,
           and
           may
           have
           a
           genitive
           case
           after
           him
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           a
           substantive
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Multum
           b
           lucri
           ,
           Much
           gain
           .
           a
           Quantum
           b
           negotii
           ?
           How
           much
           business
           ?
           a
           
             Id
             ▪
             operis
          
           ,
           That
           work
           .
        
         
           Words
           importing
           indument
           of
           any
           quality
           or
           property
           ,
           to
           the
           praise
           or
           dispraise
           of
           a
           thing
           ,
           coming
           after
           a
           noun
           substantive
           ,
           or
           a
           verb
           substantive
           ,
           may
           be
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           genitive
           :
           
           state
           the
           matter
           is
           now
           brought
           ,
           thou
           seest
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           the
           substantive
           that
           it
           doth
           accord
           with
           ;
           as
           ,
           Sentiesb
           quia
           
             vir
             siem
          
           Thou
           shalt
           perceive
           what
           a
           fellow
           I
           am
           .
           Albeit
           in
           this
           manner
           of
           speaking
           ,
           qui
           is
           an
           indefinite
           ,
           and
           not
           a
           relative
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           a
           noun
           partitive
           or
           distributive
           :
           as
           ,
           ●
           
             Quarum
             rerum
          
           a
           
             utram
             minùs
             velim
             ,
             non
             facilè
             possum
             existimare
             ,
          
           Of
           the
           which
           two
           things
           ,
           whether
           I
           would
           with
           less
           will
           have
           ,
           I
           cannot
           easily
           esteem
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           put
           in
           the
           genitive
           case
           ,
           by
           reason
           of
           a
           substantive
           coming
           next
           after
           him
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Ego
             illum
             non
             novi
          
           ,
           b
           cujus
           a
           
             causâ
             hoc
             incipis
          
           ,
           I
           knew
           him
           not
           ,
           for
           whose
           cause
           thou
           beginnest
           this
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           otherwise
           governed
           of
           a
           noun
           substantive
           :
           as
           
             Omnia
             tibi
             dabuntur
          
           ,
           b
           quibus
           a
           
             opus
             habes
          
           .
           All
           things
           shall
           be
           given
           thee
           which
           thou
           hast
           need
           of
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           of
           an
           adverb
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Cui
             utrùm
          
           a
           
             obviàm
             procedam
             nondum
             statui
          
           ,
           Whom
           whether
           I
           will
           go
           to
           meet
           with
           ,
           I
           have
           not
           yet
           determined
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           with
           this
           signe
           then
           ,
           &
           is
           governed
           of
           the
           comparative
           degree
           coming
           after
           him
           :
           as
           
             Utere
             virtute
          
           ,
           b
           
             quâ
             nihil
             est
          
           ●
           melius
           ,
           Vse
           vertue
           ,
           then
           the
           which
           nothing
           is
           better
           .
        
         
           Sometime
           it
           is
           not
           governed
           at
           all
           ,
           but
           is
           put
           in
           the
           abla
           ive
           case
           absolute
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Quantus
             erat
             Julius
             Caesar
          
           .
           ab
           
             quo
             Imperatore
             ,
             Romani
             primùm
             Britanniam
             ingressi
             sunt
             !
          
           How
           worthy
           a
           man
           was
           Iulius
           Cesar
           ,
           under
           whose
           conduct
           the
           Romans
           first
           entred
           into
           BritIin
           !
        
         
           Also
           when
           it
           signifiith
           an
           instrument
           wherewith
           a
           thing
           is
           to
           be
           done
           ,
           it
           is
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Ferrum
             habuit
          
           ,
           b
           
             quo
             se
          
           a
           occideret
           ,
           He
           had
           a
           knife
           ,
           wherewith
           he
           would
           have
           slain
           himself
           .
        
         
           When
           a
           relative
           cometh
           between
           two
           substantives
           
           of
           divers
           genders
           ,
           it
           may
           indifferently
           accord
           with
           either
           of
           them
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Avis
           ,
           b
           
             quae
             passer
             appellatur
          
           ;
           or
           ,
           Avis
           ,
           b
           qui
           a
           
             passer
             appellatur
          
           ,
           The
           bird
           which
           is
           called
           a
           sparrow
           .
           Yea
           ,
           though
           the
           substantives
           be
           of
           divers
           numbers
           also
           :
           as
           ,
           
             ●stne
             ea
          
           a
           Lutetia
           ,
           b
           
             quam
             nos
             Parisios
             dicimus
          
           ?
           Is
           not
           that
           called
           Lutetia
           ,
           that
           we
           do
           call
           Paris
           ?
           or
           else
           ,
           
             Estne
             ea
             Lutetia
          
           ,
           b
           
             quos
             nos
          
           a
           
             Parisios
             dicimus
          
           ?
        
      
       
         
           Constructions
           of
           nouns
           Substantives
           .
        
         
           WHen
           two
           substantives
           come
           together
           betokening
           divers
           things
           ,
           the
           latter
           shall
           be
           the
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Facundia
           b
           Ciceronis
           ,
           The
           eloquence
           of
           Cicero
           .
           a
           Opus
           b
           Virgilii
           ,
           The
           work
           of
           Virgil.
           a
           Amator
           b
           studiorum
           ,
           A
           lover
           of
           studies
           .
           a
           Dogma
           b
           Platonis
           ,
           The
           opinion
           of
           Plato
           .
           But
           if
           they
           belong
           both
           to
           one
           thing
           ,
           they
           shall
           be
           put
           both
           in
           one
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           ●
           
             Peter
             meus
          
           b
           
             vir
             amat
          
           a
           me
           b
           puerum
           ,
           My
           father
           being
           a
           man
           loveth
           me
           a
           child
           .
        
         
           When
           the
           English
           of
           this
           word
           res
           ,
           is
           put
           with
           an
           adjective
           ,
           ye
           may
           put
           away
           res
           ,
           and
           put
           the
           adjective
           in
           the
           neuter
           gender
           ,
           like
           a
           substantive
           :
           as
           ,
           ab
           
             Multa
             me
             impedierunt
          
           ,
           Many
           things
           have
           letted
           me
           .
           And
           being
           so
           put
           ,
           it
           may
           be
           the
           substantive
           to
           the
           adjective
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Pauca
             his
          
           b
           similia
           ,
           A
           few
           things
           like
           unto
           these
           .
           a
           Nonnulla
           b
           hujusmodi
           ,
           Many
           things
           of
           like
           sort
           .
        
         
           An
           adjective
           in
           the
           neuter
           gender
           ,
           put
           alone
           without
           a
           substantive
           ,
           standeth
           for
           a
           substantive
           ,
           and
           may
           have
           a
           genitive
           case
           after
           him
           ,
           as
           if
           it
           were
           a
           substantive
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Multum
           b
           lucri
           ,
           Much
           gain
           .
           a
           Quantum
           b
           negotii
           ?
           How
           much
           business
           ?
           a
           Id
           b
           operis
           ,
           That
           work
           .
        
         
           Words
           importing
           indument
           of
           any
           quality
           or
           property
           ,
           to
           the
           praise
           or
           dispraise
           of
           a
           thing
           ,
           coming
           after
           a
           noun
           substantive
           ,
           or
           a
           verb
           substantive
           ,
           may
           be
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           genitive
           :
           
           as
           ,
           a
           Puer
           b
           bona-indole
           ;
           or
           ,
           a
           Puer
           b
           bonae-indolis
           .
           A
           child
           of
           good
           towardness
           .
           a
           Puer
           b
           boni-ingenii
           ,
           or
           ,
           a
           puer
           b
           bono-ingenio
           .
           A
           child
           of
           a
           good
           wit.
           
        
         
           Opus
           and
           Usus
           ,
           when
           they
           be
           Latine
           for
           need
           ,
           require
           an
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           :
           a
           
             Opus
             est
             mihi
             tuo
          
           b
           judicio
           ,
           I
           have
           need
           of
           thy
           judgement
           .
           Viginti
           b
           minis
           a
           
             usus
             est
             filio
          
           ,
           My
           son
           hath
           need
           of
           twenty
           pounds
           .
        
      
       
         
           Constructions
           of
           Adjectives
           .
        
         
           The
           Genitive
           case
           .
        
         
           ADjectives
           that
           signifie
           desire
           ,
           knowledge
           ,
           remembrance
           ,
           ignorance
           ,
           or
           forgetting
           ,
           and
           such
           other
           like
           require
           a
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Cupidus
           b
           auri
           ,
           Covetous
           of
           money
           .
           a
           Peritus
           b
           belli
           ,
           Expert
           of
           warfare
           .
           a
           Ignarus
           b
           omnium
           ,
           Ignorant
           of
           all
           things
           a
           Fidens
           b
           animi
           ,
           Bold
           of
           heart
           .
           a
           Dubius
           b
           mentis
           ,
           Doubtful
           of
           mind
           .
           a
           Memor
           b
           praeteriti
           ,
           Mindful
           of
           that
           is
           past
           .
           a
           Reus
           b
           furti
           ,
           Accused
           of
           theft
           .
        
         
           
             Nouns
             partitives
             and
             certain
             interrogatives
             ,
             with
             certain
             nouns
             of
             number
             ,
             require
             a
             genitive
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           Aliquis
           ,
           uter
           ,
           neuter
           ,
           nemo
           ,
           nullus
           ,
           solus
           ,
           unus
           ,
           medius
           quisque
           ,
           quisquis
           ,
           quicunque
           ,
           quidam
           ,
           quis
           for
           aliquis
           ,
           or
           quis
           
             an
             interrogative
          
           :
           Unus
           ,
           duo
           ,
           tres
           .
           Primus
           ,
           secundus
           ,
           tertius
           ,
           &c.
           as
           ,
           
           aAliquis
           
           bnostrûm
           ,
           
           aPrimus
           
           bomnium
           .
        
         
           When
           a
           question
           is
           asked
           ,
           the
           answer
           in
           Latine
           must
           be
           made
           by
           the
           same
           case
           of
           a
           noun
           ,
           pronoun
           ,
           or
           participle
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           same
           tense
           of
           a
           verb
           that
           the
           question
           is
           asked
           by
           :
           as
           .
           a
           
             Cujus
             est
             fundus
          
           ?
           b
           
             Vicini
             .
             Quid
          
           a
           
             agitur
             in
             ludo
             literario
          
           ?
           b
           Studetur
           .
           Except
           a
           question
           be
           asked
           by
           
             Cujus
             ,
             ja
             ,
             um
          
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Cuja
             est
             sententia
          
           ?
           b
           Ciceronis
           .
           Or
           by
           a
           word
           that
           may
           govern
           divers
           cases
           :
           as
           b
           Quanti
           a
           
             emisti
             librum
          
           ?
           bb
           Parvo
           .
           Or
           except
           I
           must
           answer
           by
           one
           of
           these
           possessives
           ,
           
             Meus
             ,
             tuus
             ,
             suus
             ,
             noster
             ,
             vester
             ,
          
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Cujus
             est
             domus
             ?
             non
          
           b
           
             vestra
             ,
             sed
          
           bb
           nostra
           .
        
         
         
           Nouns
           of
           the
           comparative
           and
           the
           superlative
           degree
           ,
           being
           put
           partitively
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           having
           after
           them
           this
           English
           of
           ,
           or
           among
           ,
           require
           a
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           Aurium
           a
           
             mollior
             est
             sinistra
          
           ,
           Of
           the
           ears
           the
           left
           is
           the
           softer
           .
           Cicero
           b
           Oratorum
           a
           eloquentissimus
           ,
           Cicero
           the
           most
           eloquent
           of
           Oratours
           .
        
         
           Nouns
           of
           the
           comparative
           degree
           ,
           having
           then
           or
           by
           after
           them
           ,
           do
           cause
           the
           word
           following
           to
           be
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Frigidior
           b
           glacie
           ,
           More
           cold
           then
           ice
           .
           a
           Doctior
           b
           multo
           ,
           Better
           learned
           by
           a
           great
           deal
           .
           Uno
           ●
           pede
           a
           
             altior
             ▪
          
           higher
           by
           a
           foot
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Dative
           case
           .
        
         
           ADjectives
           that
           betoken
           profit
           or
           disprofit
           ,
           likeness
           or
           unlikeness
           ,
           pleasure
           ,
           submitting
           ,
           or
           belonging
           to
           any
           thing
           ,
           require
           a
           dative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Labor
             est
          
           a
           utilis
           ●
           corpori
           ,
           Labour
           is
           profitable
           to
           the
           body
           .
           a
           Aequalis
           b
           Hectori
           ,
           Equal
           to
           Hector
           .
           a
           Idoneus
           b
           bello
           ,
           Fit
           for
           war.
           a
           Jucundus
           b
           omnibus
           ,
           Pleasant
           to
           all
           persons
           .
           b
           Parenti
           a
           supplex
           ,
           Suppliant
           to
           his
           father
           .
           b
           Mihi
           a
           Proprium
           ,
           Proper
           to
           me
           .
        
         
           Likewise
           nouns
           adjectives
           of
           the
           passive
           signification
           in
           bilis
           ,
           and
           participials
           in
           dus
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Flebilis
           ,
           aa
           flendus
           b
           omnibus
           ,
           To
           be
           lamented
           of
           all
           men
           .
           a
           Formidabilis
           ,
           aa
           formidandus
           b
           hosti
           ,
           To
           be
           feared
           of
           his
           enemy
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Accusative
           case
           .
        
         
           THe
           measure
           of
           length
           ,
           breadth
           ,
           or
           thickness
           of
           any
           thing
           ,
           is
           put
           after
           adjectives
           in
           the
           accusative
           case
           ,
           and
           sometime
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           Turris
           a
           alta
           b
           centum-pedes
           ,
           A
           Tower
           an
           hundred
           foot
           high
           .
           Arbor
           a
           lata
           b
           tres-digitos
           ,
           A
           tree
           three
           fingers
           broad
           .
           Liber
           a
           crassus
           b
           
             tres-pollices
             ,
             vel
          
           bb
           tribus-pollicibus
           ,
           A
           book
           three
           inches
           thick
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Ablative
           case
           .
        
         
           ADjectives
           signifying
           fulness
           ,
           emptiness
           ,
           plenty
           ,
           or
           wanting
           ,
           require
           an
           ablative
           case
           ,
           and
           
             sometime
             a
             genitive
             :
             as
          
           ,
           b
           Copiis
           
           aabundans
           .
           Crura
           
           bthymo
           
           aplena
           .
           
           aVacuus
           
           birâ
           ,
           
           bbirae
           ,
           ab
           irâ
           .
           Nulla
           epistola
           
           ainanis
           
           bre
           aliquâ
           .
           
           aDitissimus
           
           bagri
           ,
           
           bStultorum
           
           aplena
           sunt
           omnia
           .
           Quis
           nisi
           
           bmentis
           
           ainops
           ,
           oblatum
           respuat
           aurum
           ?
           
           aInteger
           
           bvitae
           ,
           
           bscelerísque
           
           apurus
           ,
           non
           eget
           Mauri
           jaculis
           ,
           nec
           arcu
           .
           
           aExpers
           
           bomnium
           .
           Corpus
           
           ainane
           animae
           .
        
         
           
             These
             Adjectives
          
           ,
           Dignus
           ,
           indignus
           ,
           praeditus
           ,
           captus
           ,
           contentus
           ,
           
             with
             such
             others
             ,
             will
             have
             an
             ablative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
           aDignus
           
           bhonore
           .
           
           aCaptus
           
           boculis
           .
           
           bVirtute
           
           apraeditus
           .
           
           bPaucis
           
           acontentus
           .
        
         
           Where
           note
           that
           
             Dignus
             ,
             indignus
          
           ,
           and
           contentus
           ,
           may
           in
           stead
           of
           the
           ablative
           case
           have
           an
           infinitive
           mood
           of
           a
           verb
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Dignus
           b
           laudari
           ,
           worthy
           to
           be
           praised
           .
           a
           
             Contentus
             in
             pace
          
           b
           vivere
           .
           Content
           to
           live
           in
           peace
           .
        
      
       
         
           Construction
           of
           the
           Pronoun
           .
        
         
           THese
           genitive
           cases
           of
           the
           primitives
           ,
           
             Mei
             ,
             tui
             ,
             sui
             ,
             nostrâ
          
           and
           vestri
           ,
           be
           used
           when
           suffering
           or
           passion
           be
           signified
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Pars
             tui
          
           .
           a
           Amor
           b
           mei
           .
           But
           when
           possession
           is
           signified
           ,
           
             Meus
             ,
             tuus
             ,
             suus
             ,
             noster
             ,
          
           and
           vester
           ,
           be
           used
           ,
           as
           ,
           a
           Ars
           b
           tua
           .
           a
           Imago
           b
           tua
           .
        
         
           These
           genitive
           cases
           ,
           
             Nostrûm
             ,
             vestrûm
          
           ,
           be
           used
           after
           distributives
           ,
           partitives
           ,
           comparatives
           ,
           and
           superlatives
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Nemo
           b
           vestrûm
           .
           a
           Aliquis
           b
           nostrûm
           .
           a
           Major
           b
           vestrûm
           .
           a
           
             Maximus
             natu
          
           b
           nostrûm
           .
        
      
       
         
           Construction
           of
           the
           Verb
           :
           and
           first
           with
           the
           Nominative
           case
           .
        
         
           
             SUm
             ,
             forem
             ,
             fio
             ,
             existo
             ,
          
           and
           certain
           verbs
           passives
           ,
           as
           ,
           
             Dicor
             .
             vocor
             ,
             salutor
             ,
             appellor
             ,
             habeor
             ,
             existimor
             ,
             videor
             ,
          
           with
           other
           like
           ,
           will
           have
           such
           case
           after
           
           them
           ,
           as
           they
           have
           before
           them
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Fama
           aa
           est
           b
           malum
           ,
           Fame
           is
           an
           evil
           thing
           .
           a
           
             Malus
             culturâ
          
           aa
           fit
           b
           bonus
           ,
           An
           evil
           person
           by
           due
           ordering
           or
           governance
           is
           made
           good
           .
           a
           Croesus
           aa
           vocatur
           b
           dives
           ,
           Cresus
           is
           called
           rich
           .
           ●
           Horatius
           aa
           salutatur
           b
           Poeta
           ,
           Horace
           is
           saluted
           by
           the
           name
           of
           a
           Poet.
           Malo
           a
           te
           b
           divitem
           aa
           
             esse
             ,
             quàm
             haberi
          
           ,
           I
           had
           rather
           thou
           wert
           rich
           indeed
           then
           so
           accounted
           .
        
         
           Also
           verbs
           that
           betoken
           bodily
           moving
           ,
           going
           ,
           resting
           ,
           or
           doing
           ,
           which
           be
           properly
           called
           verbs
           of
           gesture
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Eo
             ,
             incedo
             ,
             curro
             ,
             sedeo
             ,
             appareo
             ,
             bibo
             ,
             cubo
             ,
             studeo
             ,
             dormio
             ,
             somnio
             ,
          
           &
           such
           other
           like
           ,
           as
           they
           have
           before
           them
           a
           nominative
           case
           of
           the
           doer
           or
           sufferer
           ,
           so
           may
           they
           have
           after
           them
           a
           nominative
           case
           of
           a
           noun
           ,
           or
           participle
           ,
           declaring
           the
           manner
           or
           circumstance
           of
           the
           doing
           or
           suffering
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Incedo
             claudus
          
           ,
           I
           go
           lame
           .
           a
           Petrus
           aa
           dormit
           b
           securus
           ,
           Peter
           sleepeth
           void
           of
           care
           .
           a
           Tu
           aa
           cubas
           b
           supinus
           ,
           Thou
           liest
           in
           bed
           with
           thy
           face
           upward
           .
           a
           Somnias
           b
           vigilans
           ,
           Thou
           dreamest
           waking
           .
           a
           Studeto
           b
           stans
           ,
           Study
           thou
           standing
           .
           And
           likewise
           in
           the
           accusative
           case
           ,
           as
           ,
           
             Non
             decet
             quenquam
          
           aa
           meiere
           ●
           
             currentem
             ,
             aut
             mandentem
          
           ,
           It
           doth
           not
           become
           any
           man
           to
           piss
           running
           ,
           or
           eating
           .
        
         
           And
           generally
           when
           the
           word
           that
           goeth
           before
           the
           verb
           ,
           and
           the
           word
           that
           cometh
           after
           the
           verb
           belong
           both
           to
           one
           thing
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           have
           respect
           either
           to
           other
           ,
           or
           depend
           either
           of
           other
           ,
           they
           shall
           be
           put
           both
           in
           one
           case
           ,
           whether
           the
           verb
           be
           transitive
           or
           intransitive
           ,
           of
           what
           kind
           soever
           the
           verb
           be
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Loquor
           ●
           frequens
           .
           I
           speak
           often
           .
           a
           Taceo
           b
           multus
           ,
           I
           hold
           my
           peace
           much
           .
           a
           
             Scribo
             epistolas
          
           b
           rarissimus
           ,
           I
           write
           letters
           very
           seldom
           .
           Nè
           a
           assuescas
           aa
           
             bibere
             vinum
          
           b
           jejunus
           ,
           Accustom
           not
           thy self
           to
           drink
           wine
           next
           thy
           heart
           ,
           or
           not
           having
           eaten
           somewhat
           before
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Genitive
           case
           .
        
         
           THis
           verb
           Sum
           ,
           when
           it
           betokeneth
           or
           importeth
           possession
           ,
           owning
           or
           otherwise
           pertaining
           to
           a
           thing
           ,
           as
           a
           token
           ,
           property
           ,
           duty
           or
           guise
           ,
           it
           causeth
           the
           noun
           ,
           pronoun
           ,
           or
           participle
           following
           to
           be
           put
           in
           the
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Haec
             vestis
          
           a
           est
           b
           patris
           ,
           This
           garment
           is
           my
           fathers
           .
           b
           Insipientis
           a
           
             est
             dicere
             ,
             non
             putâram
          
           ,
           It
           is
           the
           property
           of
           a
           fool
           to
           say
           I
           had
           not
           thought
           .
           Extremae
           a
           est
           b
           
             demontiae
             discere
             dediscēda
          
           ,
           It
           is
           a
           point
           of
           the
           greatest
           folly
           in
           the
           world
           ,
           to
           learn
           things
           that
           must
           afterward
           be
           learned
           otherwise
           .
           b
           Orantis
           a
           
             est
             nihil
             nisi
             coelestia
             cogitare
          
           ,
           It
           is
           the
           duty
           of
           a
           man
           that
           is
           saying
           his
           prayers
           ,
           to
           have
           mind
           on
           nothing
           but
           heavenly
           things
           .
           Except
           that
           these
           pronouns
           ,
           
             Meus
             ,
             tuus
             ,
             suus
             ,
             noster
             ,
          
           and
           vester
           ,
           shall
           in
           such
           manner
           of
           speaking
           be
           used
           in
           the
           nominative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Hic
             codex
          
           a
           est
           b
           meus
           .
           This
           book
           is
           mine
           .
           
             Haec
             domus
          
           a
           est
           b
           vestra
           ,
           This
           house
           is
           yours
           .
           Non
           a
           
             est
             mentiri
          
           b
           meum
           ,
           It
           is
           not
           my
           guise
           (
           or
           property
           )
           to
           lie
           .
           b
           Nostrum
           a
           
             est
             injuriam
             non
             inferre
          
           ,
           It
           is
           our
           parts
           not
           to
           do
           wrong
           .
           b
           Tuum
           a
           
             est
             omnia
             juxtà
             pati
          
           ,
           It
           is
           thy
           part
           (
           or
           duty
           )
           to
           suffer
           all
           things
           alike
           .
        
         
           Verbs
           that
           betoken
           to
           esteem
           or
           regard
           require
           a
           genitive
           case
           betokening
           the
           value
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           Parvi
           a
           
             ducitur
             probitas
          
           ,
           Honesty
           is
           reckoned
           little
           worth
           .
           b
           Maximi
           a
           
             penditur
             nobilitas
          
           ,
           Nobleness
           of
           birth
           is
           very
           much
           regarded
           .
        
         
           Verbs
           of
           accusing
           ,
           condemning
           ,
           warning
           ,
           purging
           ,
           quitting
           ,
           or
           assoyling
           ,
           will
           have
           a
           genitive
           case
           of
           the
           crime
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           cause
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           thing
           that
           one
           is
           accused
           ,
           condemned
           ,
           or
           warned
           of
           :
           or
           else
           an
           ablative
           case
           ,
           most
           cōmonly
           without
           a
           preposition
           :
           as
           ,
           Hic
           b
           
             furti
             se
          
           a
           
             alligat
             ,
             vel
          
           bb
           furto
           .
           a
           
             Admonuit
             
             me
          
           b
           
             errati
             ,
             vel
          
           bb
           errato
           .
           b
           
             De
             pecuniis-repe●undis
          
           a
           
             damnatus
             est
          
           .
        
         
           Satago
           ,
           misereor
           ,
           miseresco
           ,
           
             require
             a
             genitive
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           Rerum
           suarum
           
           asatagit
           .
           
           aMiserere
           
           bmei
           Deus
           .
        
         
           Reminiscor
           ,
           obliviscor
           ,
           recordor
           ,
           and
           memini
           ,
           
             will
             have
             a
             genitive
             ,
             or
             an
             accusative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           
           aReminiscor
           
           bhistoriae
           .
           
           aObliviscor
           
           bcarminis
           .
           
           aRecordor
           
           bpueritiam
           ,
           
           aObliviscor
           
           blectionem
           .
           
           aMemini
           
           btui
           ,
           vel
           
           bbte
           ,
           
             I
             remember
             thee
          
           .
           
           aMemini
           
           bde
           te
           ,
           
             I
             spake
             of
             thee
          
           .
           
           aEgeo
           ,
           or
           indigeo
           ,
           
           btui
           ,
           vel
           
           bbte
           ,
           
             I
             have
             need
             of
             thee
          
           .
           
           aPotior
           
           burbis
           ,
           
             I
             conquer
             the
             city
          
           .
           
           aPotior
           
           bvoto
           ,
           
             I
             obtain
             my
             desire
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Dative
           case
           .
        
         
           ALl
           manner
           of
           verbs
           put
           acquisitively
           ,
           that
           is
           to
           say
           ,
           with
           these
           tokens
           to
           or
           for
           after
           them
           ,
           will
           have
           a
           dative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           Non
           b
           omnibus
           a
           dormio
           ,
           I
           sleep
           not
           to
           all
           men
           .
           b
           Huic
           a
           
             habeo
             ,
             non
          
           b
           tibi
           ,
           I
           have
           it
           for
           this
           man
           ,
           and
           not
           for
           thee
           .
        
         
           To
           this
           rule
           do
           belong
           verbs
           betokening
        
         
           
             To
             Profit
             or
             disprofit
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Commodo
               ,
               incommodo
               ,
               noceo
            
             .
          
           
             To
             
               Compare
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Comparo
             ,
             compono
             ,
             confero
             .
          
           
             To
             Give
             or
             restore
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Dono
               ,
               reddo
               ,
               refero
            
             .
          
           
             To
             Promise
             or
             to
             pay
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Promitto
               ,
               polliceor
               ,
               solvo
            
             ,
          
           
             To
             Command
             or
             shew
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Impero
               ,
               indico
               ,
               monstro
            
             .
          
           
             To
             
               Trust
               :
               as
            
             ,
             Fido
             ,
             confido
             ,
             fidem
             habeo
             .
          
           
             To
             Obey
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             against
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Obedio
               ,
               adulor
               ,
               repugno
            
             .
          
           
             To
             Threaten
             ,
             or
             to
             be
             angry
             with
             :
             as
             ,
             
               Minor
               ,
               indignor
               ,
               irascor
            
             .
          
        
         
           Also
           Sum
           ,
           
             with
             his
             compounds
             ,
             except
          
           Possum
           :
           
             Also
             verbs
             compound
             with
          
           satìs
           ,
           bene
           and
           malé
           :
           as
           ,
           Satisfacio
           ,
           benefacio
           ,
           malefacio
           :
           
             Finally
             ,
             certain
             verbs
             compound
             with
             these
             prepositions
             ,
          
           Prae
           ,
           ad
           ,
           con
           ,
           sub
           ,
           ante
           ,
           post
           ,
           ob
           ,
           in
           ,
           and
           inter
           ,
           
             will
             have
             a
             dative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           Praeluceo
           ,
           adjaceo
           ,
           condono
           ,
           suboleo
           ,
           
           antesto
           ,
           posthabeo
           ,
           objicio
           ,
           insulto
           ,
           intersero
           .
        
         
           This
           verb
           
             Sum
             ,
             es
             ,
             fui
          
           ,
           may
           oftentimes
           be
           put
           for
           habeo
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           word
           that
           seemeth
           in
           the
           English
           to
           be
           the
           nominative
           case
           ,
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           dative
           ,
           and
           the
           word
           that
           seemeth
           to
           be
           the
           accusative
           case
           ,
           shall
           be
           the
           nominative
           ,
           as
           
           aEst
           b
           mihi
           a
           mater
           ,
           I
           have
           a
           mother
           .
           Non
           a
           est
           b
           mihi
           a
           argentum
           ,
           I
           have
           no
           money
           .
           But
           if
           Sum
           be
           the
           infinitive
           mood
           ,
           this
           nominative
           shall
           be
           turned
           into
           the
           accusative
           ,
           as
           ,
           Scio
           b
           
             tibi
             non
             esse
          
           a
           argentum
           ,
           I
           know
           thou
           hast
           no
           money
           .
        
         
           Also
           when
           Sum
           hath
           after
           him
           a
           nominative
           case
           and
           a
           dative
           ,
           the
           word
           ,
           that
           is
           the
           nominative
           case
           ,
           may
           be
           also
           the
           dative
           :
           so
           that
           Sum
           may
           in
           such
           manner
           of
           speaking
           be
           construed
           with
           a
           double
           dative
           case
           ;
           as
           ,
           a
           Sum
           b
           tibi
           bb
           praesidio
           ,
           I
           am
           to
           thee
           a
           safeguard
           .
           Haecres
           a
           
             est
             mihi
          
           bb
           voluptati
           ,
           This
           thing
           is
           to
           me
           a
           pleasure
           .
        
         
           And
           not
           onely
           Sum
           ,
           but
           also
           many
           other
           verbs
           may
           in
           such
           manner
           of
           speaking
           have
           a
           double
           dative
           case
           ;
           one
           of
           the
           person
           ,
           and
           another
           of
           the
           thing
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Do
           b
           
             tibi
             vestem
          
           bb
           pignori
           .
           a
           
             Verto
             hoc
          
           b
           tibi
           bb
           
             vitio
             .
             Hoc
             tu
          
           b
           tibi
           bb
           laudi
           a
           ducis
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Accusative
           case
           .
        
         
           VErbs
           transitives
           are
           all
           such
           as
           have
           after
           them
           an
           accusative
           case
           of
           the
           doer
           or
           sufferer
           ;
           whether
           they
           be
           active
           ,
           commune
           ,
           or
           deponent
           :
           as
           ,
           Usus
           b
           promptos
           a
           
             facit
             .
             Foeminae
          
           a
           ludificantur
           b
           viros
           .
           a
           Largitur
           b
           pecuniam
           .
        
         
           Also
           verbs
           neuters
           may
           have
           an
           accusative
           case
           of
           their
           own
           signification
           :
           as
           ,
           Endymionis
           b
           somnum
           a
           dormis
           .
           a
           Gaudeo
           b
           gaudium
           .
           a
           Vivo
           b
           vitam
           .
        
         
           Verbs
           of
           asking
           ,
           teaching
           ,
           and
           arraying
           ,
           will
           have
           two
           accusative
           cases
           ;
           one
           of
           the
           sufferer
           ,
           and
           another
           of
           the
           thing
           ,
           as
           ,
           a
           Rogo
           b
           te
           bb
           pecuniam
           .
           a
           Doceo
           b
           te
           bb
           literas
           .
           bb
           Quod
           b
           
             te
             jamdudum
          
           a
           hortor
           .
           a
           Exuo
           b
           me
           bb
           gladium
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Ablative
           case
           .
        
         
           ALl
           verbs
           require
           an
           ablative
           case
           of
           the
           instrument
           ,
           put
           with
           this
           signe
           with
           before
           it
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           cause
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           manner
           of
           doing
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Ferit
             cum
          
           b
           gladio
           .
           a
           Taceo
           b
           
             metu
             .
             Summâ
          
           b
           
             eloquentiâ
             causam
          
           a
           egit
           .
        
         
           The
           word
           of
           price
           is
           put
           after
           verbs
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Vendidi
           b
           auro
           .
           a
           
             Emptus
             sum
          
           b
           argento
           :
           Except
           these
           genitives
           ,
           when
           they
           be
           put
           alone
           without
           substantives
           ,
           
             Tanti
             quanti
             ,
             pluris
             ,
             minoris
             ,
             tantivis
             ,
             tantidem
             ,
             quantivis
             ,
             quantilibet
             ,
             quanticunque
             :
          
           as
           Quanti
           ●
           
             mercatus
             es
             hunc
             equum
             ?
             Certè
          
           b
           
             pluris
             quàm
          
           a
           vellem
           .
           Saving
           that
           after
           verbs
           of
           price
           we
           shal
           always
           use
           these
           adverbs
           .
           
             Cariùs
             ,
             viliùs
             ,
             meliùs
          
           ,
           and
           pejùs
           ,
           instead
           of
           their
           casuals
           .
        
         
           
             Verbs
             of
             plenty
             or
             scarceness
             ,
             filling
             ,
             emptying
             ,
             loading
             or
             unloading
             ,
             will
             have
             an
             ablative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
             
             aAffluis
             
             bopibus
             ,
             
             aCares
             
             bvirtute
             .
             
             aExpleote
             
             bfabulis
             .
             
             aSpoliavit
             me
             b
             bonis
             omnibus
             .
             
             aOneras
             stomachum
             b
             cibo
             .
             a
             Levabo
             te
             hoc
             b
             onere
             ,
             Likewise
             ,
             Utor
             ,
             fungor
             ,
             fruor
             ,
             potior
             ,
             laetor
             ,
             gaudeo
             ,
             dignor
             ,
             muto
             ,
             munero
             ,
             communico
             ,
             afficio
             ,
             prosequor
             ,
             impertio
             ,
             impertior
             .
          
        
         
           Verbs
           that
           betoken
           receiving
           ,
           or
           distance
           ,
           or
           taking
           away
           ,
           will
           have
           an
           ablative
           case
           ,
           with
           ,
           
             à
             ,
             ab
             ,
             è
             ex
             ,
          
           or
           de
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Accepit
             literas
          
           b
           
             à
             Petro.
          
           a
           Audivi
           b
           
             exnuncio
             .
             Longè
          
           a
           distat
           b
           
             à
             nobis
          
           .
           a
           
             Eripui
             te
          
           b
           
             è
             malis
          
           .
           And
           this
           ablative
           after
           verbs
           of
           taking
           away
           may
           be
           turned
           into
           a
           dative
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Subtraxit
           b
           
             mihi
             cingulum
          
           .
           a
           Eripuit
           b
           
             illi
             vitam
          
           .
        
         
           Verbs
           of
           comparing
           or
           exceeding
           ,
           may
           have
           an
           ablative
           case
           of
           the
           word
           that
           signifieth
           the
           measure
           of
           exceeding
           :
           as
           a
           
             Praefero
             hunc
             multis
          
           b
           gradibus
           ,
           I
           prefer
           this
           man
           by
           many
           degrees
           .
           b
           
             Paulo
             intervallo
             illum
          
           a
           superat
           ,
           He
           is
           beyond
           the
           other
           but
           a
           little
           space
           .
        
         
         
           A
           noun
           ,
           or
           a
           pronoun
           substantive
           ,
           joyned
           with
           a
           participle
           ,
           expressed
           or
           understood
           ,
           and
           having
           none
           other
           word
           whereof
           it
           may
           be
           governed
           it
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           absolute
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Rege
           b
           
             veniente
             ,
             hostes
             fugerunt
          
           ,
           The
           King
           coming
           ,
           the
           enemies
           fled
           .
           a
           Me
           b
           
             duce
             ,
             vinces
          
           ,
           I
           being
           captain
           ,
           thou
           shalt
           overcome
           .
        
         
           
             And
             it
             may
             be
             resolved
             by
             any
             of
             these
             words
             ,
          
           Dum
           ,
           cùm
           ,
           quando
           ,
           si
           ,
           quanquam
           ,
           postquam
           :
           as
           ,
           
           aRege
           
           bveniente
           ,
           
             id
             est
          
           ,
           Dum
           veniret
           rex
           .
           a
           Me
           b
           duce
           ;
           
             id
             est
          
           ,
           Si
           ego
           dux
           fuero
           .
        
      
       
         
           Constructions
           of
           Passives
           .
        
         
           A
           Verb
           Passive
           will
           have
           after
           him
           an
           ablative
           case
           with
           a
           preposition
           ,
           or
           sometime
           a
           dative
           of
           the
           doer
           :
           as
           ,
           Virgiliusa
           legitur
           b
           
             a
             me
          
           .
           b
           
             Tibi
             fama
          
           a
           petatur
           .
           And
           the
           same
           ablative
           or
           dative
           shall
           be
           the
           nominative
           case
           to
           the
           verb
           ,
           if
           it
           be
           made
           by
           the
           active
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Ego
           b
           
             lego
             Virgilium
          
           .
           b
           Petas
           a
           
             tu
             famam
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           Gerunds
           .
        
         
           GErunds
           and
           Supines
           will
           have
           such
           cases
           as
           the
           verbs
           that
           they
           come
           of
           :
           as
           ,
           Otium
           a
           scribendi
           b
           
             literas
             .
             Ad
             
             aconsolandum
             b
             tibi
             .
             Auditum
          
           b
           Poetas
           .
        
         
           VVHen
           the
           English
           of
           the
           infinitive
           mood
           cometh
           after
           any
           of
           these
           nouns
           substantives
           ,
           
             Studium
             ,
             causa
             ,
             tempus
             ,
             gratia
             ,
             otium
             ,
             occasio
             ,
             libido
             ,
             spes
             ,
             opportunitas
             ,
             voluntas
             ,
             modus
             ,
             ratio
             ,
             gestus
             ,
             satietas
             ,
             potestas
             ,
             licentia
             ,
             consuetudo
             ,
             consilium
             ,
             vis
             ,
             norma
             ,
             amor
             ,
             cupido
             ,
             locus
             .
          
           &
           others
           like
           ,
           if
           the
           verb
           should
           be
           of
           the
           active
           voice
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           made
           by
           the
           gerund
           in
           di
           :
           And
           the
           same
           gerund
           in
           di
           is
           used
           also
           after
           certain
           adjectives
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Cupidus
           b
           visendi
           .
           a
           Cortus
           b
           eundi
           .
           a
           Peritus
           b
           jaculandi
           .
           a
           Gnarus
           b
           bellandi
           .
        
         
         
           WHen
           ye
           have
           an
           English
           of
           the
           participle
           of
           the
           present
           tense
           ,
           with
           this
           signe
           of
           or
           with
           ,
           coming
           after
           a
           noun
           adjective
           ,
           it
           shall
           in
           Latine
           making
           be
           put
           in
           the
           gerund
           in
           do
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Defessus
             sum
          
           b
           ambulando
           .
           I
           am
           weary
           of
           walking
           .
        
         
           Also
           the
           English
           of
           the
           participle
           of
           the
           present
           tense
           coming
           without
           a
           substantive
           ,
           with
           this
           sign
           in
           or
           by
           before
           him
           ,
           shall
           in
           Latine
           making
           be
           put
           in
           the
           gerund
           in
           do
           :
           as
           ,
           Caesarb
           dando
           ,
           b
           sublevando
           ,
           b
           
             ignoscendo
             ,
             gloriam
          
           a
           
             adeptus
             est
          
           .
           b
           
             In
             apparando
             totum
             hunc
          
           a
           
             consumunt
             diem
          
           .
           And
           the
           same
           gerund
           in
           do
           is
           used
           either
           without
           a
           preposition
           ,
           or
           with
           one
           of
           these
           prepositions
           ,
           
             A
             ,
             ab
             ,
             de
             ,
             è
             ,
             ex
             ,
             cum
             ,
             in
             ,
             pro
             :
          
           as
           ,
           Deterrent
           a
           à
           b
           bibendo
           .
           a
           Ab
           b
           
             amando
             .
             Cogitat
          
           a
           de
           b
           
             edendo
             .
             Ratio
             bene
             scribendi
          
           a
           cum
           b
           
             loquendo
             conjuncta
             est
          
           .
        
         
           THe
           English
           of
           the
           infinitive
           mood
           ,
           coming
           after
           a
           reason
           ,
           and
           shewing
           the
           cause
           of
           a
           reason
           ,
           may
           be
           put
           in
           the
           gerund
           in
           dum
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Dies
             mihi
             ut
             satis
             sit
          
           a
           
             ad
             agendum
             ,
             vereor
          
           ;
           I
           fear
           that
           a
           whole
           day
           will
           not
           be
           enough
           for
           me
           to
           do
           my
           business
           .
        
         
           
             The
             gerund
             in
          
           dum
           
             is
             used
             after
             one
             of
             these
             prepositions
             ,
          
           Ad
           ,
           ob
           propter
           ,
           inter
           ante
           :
           as
           .
           a
           Ad
           b
           capiendum
           hostes
           .
           a
           Ob
           (
           vel
           a
           propter
           )
           b
           redimendum
           captivos
           .
           a
           Inter
           b
           coenandum
           .
           a
           Ante
           b
           damnandum
           .
        
         
           And
           when
           ye
           have
           this
           English
           must
           or
           ought
           in
           a
           reason
           ,
           where
           it
           seemeth
           to
           be
           made
           by
           this
           verb
           oportet
           ,
           it
           may
           be
           put
           in
           the
           gerund
           in
           dum
           ,
           with
           this
           verb
           est
           set
           impersonally
           ,
           and
           then
           the
           word
           ,
           that
           seemeth
           in
           the
           English
           to
           be
           the
           Nominative
           case
           ,
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           Dative
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Abeundum
             est
          
           b
           mihi
           ,
           I
           must
           go
           hence
           .
        
         
         
         
         
      
       
         
         
           Supines
           .
        
         
           THe
           first
           Supine
           hath
           his
           active
           signification
           ,
           and
           is
           put
           after
           Verbs
           and
           Participles
           ,
           that
           bet●ken
           moving
           to
           a
           place
           :
           as
           a
           Eo
           b
           cubitum
           .
           b
           Spectatum
           a
           
             admissi
             ,
             risum
             teneatis
             amici
          
           ?
        
         
           The
           latter
           Supine
           hath
           his
           Passive
           signification
           ,
           and
           is
           put
           after
           Nouns
           Adjectives
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Dignus
             ,
             indignus
             ,
             turpis
             ,
             foedus
             ,
             proclivis
             ,
             facilis
             ,
             odiosus
             ,
             mirabilis
             ,
             optimus
             ,
          
           and
           such
           like
           .
           And
           the
           same
           Supine
           may
           also
           be
           turned
           into
           the
           Infinitive
           mood
           passive
           ;
           as
           it
           may
           be
           indifferently
           said
           in
           Latine
           ,
           a
           Facile
           b
           factu
           ,
           or
           a
           Facile
           b
           fieri
           ,
           Easie
           to
           be
           done
           .
           a
           Turpe
           b
           dictu
           ,
           or
           a
           Turpe
           b
           dici
           ,
           Vnhonest
           to
           be
           spoken
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Time.
           
        
         
           NOuns
           that
           betoken
           part
           of
           time
           be
           commonly
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           Nocte
           a
           vigilas
           .
           a
           Luce
           a
           dormis
           .
           But
           nouns
           that
           betoken
           continual
           term
           of
           time
           ,
           without
           ceasing
           or
           intermission
           ,
           be
           commonly
           used
           in
           the
           accusative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Sexaginta
             annos
          
           a
           natus
           .
           b
           
             Hyemem
             totam
          
           a
           stertis
           .
        
      
       
         
           Space
           of
           Place
           .
        
         
           NOuns
           that
           betoken
           space
           between
           place
           and
           place
           ,
           be
           commonly
           put
           in
           the
           accusative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             Pedem
             hinc
             nè
          
           a
           discesseris
           ,
           Go
           not
           thou
           a
           foot
           from
           this
           place
           .
        
      
       
         
           A
           Place
           .
        
         
           NOuns
           Appellatives
           ,
           or
           names
           of
           great
           places
           ,
           be
           put
           with
           a
           preposition
           ,
           if
           they
           follow
           a
           verb
           that
           signifieth
           In
           a
           place
           ,
           To
           a
           place
           ,
           From
           a
           place
           ,
           or
           By
           a
           place
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Vivo
             in
             Anglia
          
           .
           a
           Veni
           ●
           
             per
             Galliam
          
           bb
           
             in
             Italiam
          
           .
           a
           Proficiscor
           b
           
             ex
             urbe
          
           .
        
         
           In
           a
           place
           ,
           or
           At
           a
           place
           ,
           if
           the
           place
           be
           a
           proper
           
           name
           of
           the
           first
           or
           second
           declension
           ,
           and
           the
           singular
           number
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Vixit
           b
           Londini
           .
           a
           Studuit
           b
           Oxoniae
           .
        
         
           
             And
             these
             Nouns
          
           ,
           Humi
           ,
           domi
           ,
           militiae
           ,
           belli
           ,
           
             be
             likewise
             used
             :
             as
          
           a
           Procumbit
           b
           humi
           bos
           .
           b
           Militiae
           a
           enutritus
           est
           .
           b
           Domi
           bb
           bellíque
           otiosi
           a
           vivitis
           .
        
         
           But
           if
           the
           place
           be
           of
           the
           third
           declension
           ,
           or
           the
           plural
           number
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           dative
           ,
           or
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           ,
           as
           ,
           a
           Militavit
           b
           Carthagini
           ,
           or
           bb
           Carthagine
           .
           b
           Athenis
           a
           
             natus
             est
          
           .
           Likewise
           we
           say
           ,
           b
           Ruri
           ,
           or
           bb
           Rure
           a
           
             educatus
             est
          
           .
        
         
           To
           a
           place
           ,
           if
           the
           place
           be
           a
           proper
           name
           ,
           it
           shal
           be
           put
           in
           the
           accusative
           case
           without
           a
           preposition
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Eo
           b
           Romam
           .
           Likewise
           ,
           a
           
             Confero
             me
          
           b
           domum
           .
           a
           
             Recipio
             me
          
           b
           rus
           .
        
         
           From
           a
           place
           ,
           or
           By
           a
           place
           ,
           if
           the
           place
           be
           a
           proper
           name
           ,
           it
           shall
           be
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           without
           a
           preposition
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Discessit
           b
           Londino
           .
           a
           
             Profectus
             est
          
           b
           
             Londino
             (
             vel
             per
             Londinum
             )
             Cantabrigiam
             .
             Domus
          
           and
           Rus
           be
           likewise
           used
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Abiit
           b
           domo
           .
           b
           
             Rure
             reversus
             est
          
           .
        
      
       
         
           Impersonals
           .
        
         
           A
           Verb
           impersonal
           hath
           no
           nominative
           case
           before
           him
           ;
           and
           this
           word
           it
           or
           there
           is
           commonly
           his
           signe
           :
           as
           ,
           Decet
           ,
           It
           becometh
           .
           Oportet
           b
           
             aliquem
             esse
          
           .
           There
           must
           be
           some
           body
           .
           But
           if
           he
           hath
           neither
           of
           these
           words
           before
           him
           ,
           then
           the
           word
           that
           seemeth
           to
           be
           the
           nominative
           case
           ,
           shall
           be
           such
           case
           as
           the
           verb
           impersonal
           will
           have
           after
           him
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           Me
           a
           oportet
           ,
           I
           must
           .
           b
           Tibi
           a
           licet
           ,
           Thou
           mayest
           .
        
         
           Interest
           ,
           refert
           ,
           and
           est
           for
           interest
           ,
           
             require
             a
             genitive
             case
             of
             all
             casual
             words
             ,
             except
          
           Meâ
           ,
           tuâ
           suâ
           ,
           nostrâ
           ,
           vestrâ
           ,
           and
           cujâ
           ,
           
             the
             ablative
             cases
             of
             the
             
             pronouns
             possessives
             :
             as
             ,
          
           a
           Interest
           b
           omnium
           rectè
           agere
           .
           b
           Tuâ
           a
           refert
           teipsum
           nôsse
           .
        
         
           
             Certain
             impersonals
             require
             a
             dative
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           Libet
           ,
           licet
           ,
           patet
           ,
           liquet
           ,
           constat
           ,
           placet
           ,
           expedit
           ,
           prodest
           ,
           sufficit
           ,
           vacat
           ,
           accidit
           ,
           convenit
           ,
           contingit
           ,
           
             and
             other
             like
             .
             Some
             will
             have
             an
             accusative
             case
             onely
             :
             as
             ,
          
           Delectat
           ,
           decet
           ,
           juvat
           ,
           oportet
           .
           
             Some
             beside
             the
             accusative
             case
             will
             have
             also
             a
             genitive
             ,
             as
             ,
          
           bb
           Nostri
           b
           nosmet
           ,
           a
           poenitet
           .
           b
           Me
           bb
           civitatis
           a
           taedet
           .
           a
           Pudet
           b
           me
           bb
           negligentiae
           .
           a
           Miseret
           b
           me
           bb
           tui
           .
           b
           Me
           bb
           illorum
           a
           miserescit
           .
        
         
           Verbs
           impersonals
           of
           the
           passive
           voice
           ,
           being
           formed
           of
           neuters
           ,
           do
           govern
           such
           case
           as
           the
           verbs
           neuters
           which
           they
           come
           of
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Parcatur
           b
           sumptui
           ,
           Let
           cost
           be
           spared
           .
           Because
           we
           say
           ,
           a
           Parcamus
           b
           pecuniae
           ,
           Let
           us
           spare
           cost
           .
        
         
           A
           verb
           impersonal
           of
           the
           passive
           voice
           hath
           like
           case
           as
           other
           verbs
           passives
           have
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Benefit
             multis
          
           b
           
             à
             principe
          
           .
           Yet
           many
           times
           the
           case
           is
           not
           expressed
           ,
           but
           understood
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Maximâ
             vi
          
           a
           
             certatur
             ;
             subaudi
          
           b
           
             ab
             illis
          
           .
        
         
           When
           a
           deed
           is
           signified
           to
           be
           done
           of
           many
           ,
           the
           verb
           being
           a
           verb
           neuter
           ,
           we
           may
           well
           change
           the
           verb
           neuter
           into
           the
           impersonal
           in
           tur
           :
           as
           ,
           b
           
             In
             ignem
             posita
             est
          
           ,
           a
           fletur
           .
        
      
       
         
           A
           Participle
           .
        
         
           PArticiples
           govern
           such
           cases
           ,
           as
           the
           verbs
           that
           they
           come
           of
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Fruiturus
           b
           amicis
           .
           a
           Consulens
           b
           tibi
           .
           a
           Diligendus
           b
           
             ab
             omnibus
          
           .
        
         
           Here
           note
           that
           participles
           may
           four
           manner
           of
           ways
           be
           changed
           into
           nouns
           .
           The
           first
           is
           ,
           when
           the
           voice
           of
           a
           participle
           is
           construed
           with
           another
           case
           then
           the
           verb
           that
           it
           cometh
           of
           :
           as
           ,
           ●
           Appetens
           b
           vini
           ,
           Greedy
           of
           wine
           .
        
         
         
           The
           second
           ,
           when
           it
           is
           compounded
           with
           a
           preposition
           ,
           which
           the
           verb
           that
           it
           cometh
           of
           cannot
           be
           compounded
           withal
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Indoctus
             ,
             innocens
          
           .
        
         
           The
           third
           ,
           when
           it
           formeth
           all
           the
           degrees
           of
           comparison
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Amans
             ,
             amantior
             ,
             amantissimus
             .
             Doctus
             ,
             doctior
             ,
             doctissimus
             .
          
        
         
           The
           fourth
           ,
           when
           it
           hath
           no
           respect
           ,
           nor
           express
           difference
           of
           time
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Homo
             laudatus
          
           ,
           A
           man
           laudable
           .
           
             Puer
             amandus
             ,
             
               id
               est
            
             ,
             amari
             dignus
             ,
          
           A
           child
           worthy
           to
           be
           loved
           .
           And
           all
           these
           are
           properly
           called
           nouns
           participials
           .
        
         
           
             Participles
             when
             they
             be
             changed
             into
             nouns
             require
             a
             genitive
             case
             :
             as
             ,
          
           a
           Fugitans
           b
           litium
           .
           a
           Indoctus
           b
           pilae
           .
           a
           Cupientissimus
           b
           tui
           .
           b
           Lactis
           a
           abundans
           .
        
         
           These
           participial
           voices
           ,
           
             Perosus
             ,
             exosus
             ,
             pertaesus
          
           ,
           have
           alwayes
           the
           active
           signification
           ,
           when
           they
           govern
           an
           accusative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Exosus
             saevitiam
          
           ,
           Hating
           cruelty
           .
           b
           Vitam
           a
           pertaesus
           ,
           weary
           of
           life
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Adverb
           .
        
         
           ADverbs
           of
           quantity
           ,
           time
           ,
           and
           place
           ,
           do
           require
           a
           genitive
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Multùm
           b
           lucri
           .
           a
           Tunc
           b
           temporis
           .
           a
           Ubique
           b
           gentium
           .
        
         
           Certain
           adverbs
           will
           have
           a
           dative
           case
           ,
           like
           as
           the
           nouns
           that
           they
           come
           of
           :
           as
           ,
           Venit
           a
           obviàm
           b
           
             illi
             .
             Canit
          
           a
           similiter
           b
           huic
           .
        
         
           
             These
             datives
             be
             used
             adverbially
          
           ,
           Tempori
           ,
           luci
           ,
           vesperi
           :
           as
           ,
           Tempori
           surgendum
           .
           Vesperi
           cubandum
           .
           Luci
           laborandum
           .
        
         
           Certain
           adverbs
           will
           have
           an
           accusative
           case
           of
           the
           preposition
           that
           they
           come
           of
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Propiùs
           b
           urbem
           ,
           a
           Proximè
           b
           castra
           .
        
         
           Where
           note
           that
           propositions
           ,
           when
           they
           be
           set
           without
           a
           case
           ,
           or
           else
           do
           form
           the
           degrees
           of
           comparison
           ,
           be
           changed
           into
           adverbs
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           Conjunction
           .
        
         
           COnjunctions
           Copulatives
           &
           Disjunctives
           ,
           and
           these
           four
           ,
           
             Quàm
             ,
             nisi
             ,
             praeterquam
             ,
             an
             ,
          
           couple
           like
           cases
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Xenophon
             &
          
           b
           
             Plato
             fuêre
             aequales
          
           .
           And
           sometimes
           they
           be
           put
           between
           divers
           cases
           :
           as
           :
           a
           Studui
           b
           
             Romae
             &
          
           bb
           
             Athenis
             .
             Est
          
           a
           liber
           b
           
             meus
             &
          
           bb
           fratris
           .
           a
           
             Emi
             fundum
             centum
          
           b
           
             nummis
             &
          
           bb
           pluris
           .
        
         
           Conjunctions
           Copulatives
           and
           Disjunctives
           ,
           most
           commonly
           joyn
           like
           moods
           and
           tenses
           together
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Petrus
             &
             Joannes
          
           b
           
             precabantur
             &
          
           bb
           docebant
           .
           And
           sometimes
           divers
           tenses
           :
           as
           ,
           Et
           b
           
             habetur
             &
          
           bb
           
             referetur
             tibi
             à
             me
          
           a
           gratia
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           preposition
           .
        
         
           SOmetimes
           this
           preposition
           In
           is
           not
           exprest
           ,
           but
           understood
           ,
           and
           the
           casual
           word
           nevertheless
           put
           in
           the
           ablative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           
             Habeo
             te
          
           b
           
             loco
             parentis
             ;
             
               id
               est
            
          
           ,
           a
           in
           b
           loco
           .
        
         
           A
           Verb
           compound
           sometime
           requireth
           the
           case
           of
           the
           preposition
           that
           he
           is
           compounded
           withall
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Exeo
           b
           domo
           .
           a
           Praetereo
           b
           
             te
             insalutatum
          
           .
           a
           Adeo
           b
           templum
           .
        
      
       
         
           The
           Interjection
           .
        
         
           CErtain
           interjections
           require
           a
           nominative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             O
             festus
          
           b
           
             dies
             hominis
          
           .
           Certain
           a
           dative
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Hei
           b
           mihi
           .
           Certain
           an
           accusative
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           Heu
           b
           
             stirpem
             invisam
          
           .
           Certain
           a
           vocative
           :
           as
           a
           
             Proh
             sancte
          
           b
           Jupiter
           .
           And
           the
           same
           Proh
           will
           have
           an
           accusative
           case
           :
           as
           ,
           a
           
             Proh
             Deûm
             atque
             hominum
          
           b
           fidem
           .
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
           GVILIELMI
           LILII
           ad
           suos
           Discipulos
           monita
           Paedagogica
           ,
           SEU
           CARMEN
           DE
           MORIBUS
           .
        
         
           
             QUi
             mihi
             discipulus
             Puer
             es
             ,
             cupis
             atque
             doceri
             ,
          
           
             Huc
             ades
             ,
             haec
             animo
             concipe
             dicta
             tuo
             ,
          
           
             Manè
             citus
             lectum
             fuge
             ,
             mollem
             discute
             somnum
             :
          
           
             Templa
             petas
             supplex
             ,
             &
             venerare
             Deum
             .
          
           
             Attamen
             in
             primis
             facies
             sit
             lota
             manúsque
             ;
          
           
             Sint
             nitidae
             vestes
             ,
             comptáque
             caesaries
             .
          
           
             Desidiam
             fugiens
             ,
             cùm
             te
             schola
             nostra
             vocârit
             ,
          
           
             Adsis
             ;
             nulla
             pigrae
             sit
             tibi
             causa
             morae
             .
          
           
             Me
             Praeceptorem
             cùm
             videris
             ,
             ore
             saluta
             ,
          
           
             Et
             condiscipulos
             ordine
             quosque
             tuos
             .
          
           
             Tu
             quoque
             fac
             sedeas
             ,
             ubi
             te
             sedisse
             jubemus
             ;
          
           
             Inque
             loco
             ,
             nisi
             sis
             jussus
             abire
             ,
             mane
             .
          
           
             Ac
             magìs
             ut
             quisque
             est
             doctrinae
             munere
             clarus
             ,
          
           
             Sic
             magìs
             is
             clarâ
             sede
             locandus
             erit
             .
          
           
             Scalpellum
             ,
             calami
             ,
             atramentum
             ,
             charta
             ,
             libelli
             ,
          
           
             Sint
             semper
             studiis
             arma
             parata
             tuis
             .
          
           
             Si
             quid
             dictabo
             ,
             scribes
             ;
             at
             singula
             recté
             ;
          
           
             Nec
             macula
             ,
             aut
             scriptis
             menda
             sit
             ulla
             tuis
             .
          
           
             Sed
             tua
             nec
             laceris
             dictata
             aut
             carmina
             chartis
          
           
             Mandes
             ,
             quae
             libris
             inseruisse
             decet
             .
          
           
             Saepe
             recognoscas
             tibi
             lecta
             ,
             animóque
             revolvas
             ;
          
           
             Si
             dubites
             ,
             nunc
             hos
             consule
             ,
             nunc
             alios
             .
          
           
             Qui
             dubitat
             ,
             qui
             saepe
             rogat
             ,
             mea
             dicta
             tenebit
             ;
          
           
             Is
             ,
             qui
             nil
             dubitat
             ,
             nil
             capit
             inde
             boni
             .
          
           
             Disce
             puer
             quaeso
             ,
             noli
             dediscere
             quicquam
             ,
          
           
             Nè
             mens
             te
             infimulet
             conscia
             desidiae
             .
          
           
             Sísque
             animo
             attentus
             :
             quid
             enim
             docuisse
             juvabit
             ,
          
           
             Si
             mea
             non
             firmo
             pectore
             verba
             premas
             ?
          
           
             Nil
             tam
             difficile
             est
             ,
             quod
             non
             solertia
             vincat
             :
          
           
             Invigila
             ,
             &
             parta
             est
             gloria
             militiae
             .
          
           
             Nam
             veluti
             flores
             tellus
             nec
             semina
             profert
             ,
          
           
             Ni
             sit
             continuo
             victa
             labore
             manûs
             :
          
           
             Sic
             puer
             ,
             ingenium
             si
             non
             exercitet
             ,
             ipsum
          
           
             Tempus
             &
             amittit
             ,
             spem
             simul
             ingenii
             .
          
           
             Est
             etiam
             semper
             lex
             in
             sermone
             tenenda
             ,
          
           
             Nè
             nos
             offendat
             improba
             garrulitas
             .
          
           
             Incumbens
             studio
             ,
             submissâ
             voce
             loquêris
             ;
          
           
             Nobis
             dum
             reddis
             ,
             voce
             canorus
             eris
             .
          
           
             Et
             quaecunque
             mihi
             reddis
             ,
             discantur
             ad
             unguem
             ;
          
           
             Singula
             &
             abjecto
             verbula
             redde
             libro
             .
          
           
             Nec
             verbum
             quisquam
             dicturo
             suggerat
             ullum
             ;
          
           
             Quod
             puero
             exitium
             non
             mediocre
             parit
             .
          
           
           
             Si
             quicquam
             rogito
             ,
             sic
             respondere
             studebis
             ,
          
           
             Ut
             laudem
             dictis
             &
             mereare
             decus
             .
          
           
             Non
             linguâ
             celeri
             nimis
             ,
             aut
             laudabere
             tardâ
             ;
          
           
             Est
             virtus
             medium
             ,
             quod
             tenuisse
             juvat
             .
          
           
             Et
             quoties
             loqueris
             ,
             memor
             esto
             loquare
             Latinè
             ;
          
           
             Et
             veluti
             scopulos
             barbara
             verba
             fuge
             .
          
           
             Praeterea
             socios
             ,
             quoties
             te
             cunque
             rogabune
             ,
          
           
             Instrue
             ;
             &
             ignaros
             ad
             mea
             vota
             trahe
             .
          
           
             Qui
             docet
             indoctos
             ,
             licet
             indoctissimus
             esset
             ,
          
           
             Ipse
             brevi
             reliquis
             doctior
             esse
             queat
             .
          
           
             Sed
             tu
             nec
             stolidos
             imitabere
             Grammaticastros
             ,
          
           
             Ingens
             Romani
             dedecus
             eloquii
             :
          
           
             Quorum
             tam
             fatuus
             nemo
             ,
             aut
             tam
             barbarus
             ore
             est
             ,
          
           
             Quem
             non
             autorem
             barbara
             turba
             probet
             ,
          
           
             Grammaticas
             rectè
             si
             vis
             cognoscere
             leges
             ,
          
           
             Discere
             si
             cupias
             cultiùs
             ore
             loqui
             ;
          
           
             Addiscas
             veterum
             clarissima
             scripta
             virorum
             ,
          
           
             Et
             quos
             autores
             turba
             Latina
             docet
             :
          
           
             Nunc
             te
             Virgilius
             ,
             nunc
             ipse
             Terentius
             optat
             ,
          
           
             Nunc
             simul
             amplecti
             te
             Ciceronis
             opus
             ;
          
           
             Quos
             qui
             non
             didicit
             ,
             nil
             praeter
             somnia
             vidit
             ,
          
           
             Certat
             &
             in
             tenebris
             vivere
             Cimmeriis
             .
          
           
             Sunt
             quos
             delectat
             (
             Studio
             virtutis
             honestae
          
           
             Posthabito
             )
             nugis
             tempora
             conterere
             :
          
           
             Sunt
             quibus
             est
             cordi
             ,
             manibus
             ,
             pedibúsve
             sodales
             ,
          
           
             Aut
             alio
             quovis
             sollicitare
             modo
             :
          
           
             Est
             alius
             ,
             qui
             se
             dum
             clarum
             sanguine
             jactat
             ,
          
           
             Insulso
             reliquis
             improbat
             ore
             genus
             .
          
           
             Te
             tam
             prava
             sequi
             nolim
             vestigia
             morum
             ;
          
           
             Nè
             tandem
             factis
             praemia
             digna
             feras
             .
          
           
             Nil
             dabis
             aut
             vendes
             ,
             nil
             permutabis
             emésve
             ,
          
           
             Ex
             damno
             alterius
             commoda
             nulla
             feres
             .
          
           
             Insuper
             &
             nummos
             ,
             irritamenta
             malorum
             ,
          
           
             Mitte
             aliis
             ;
             puerum
             nil
             nisi
             pura
             decent
             .
          
           
             Clamor
             ,
             rixa
             ,
             joci
             ,
             mendacia
             ,
             furta
             ,
             cachinni
             ,
          
           
             Sint
             procui
             à
             vobis
             ;
             Martis
             &
             arma
             procul
             .
          
           
             Nil
             penitus
             dices
             ,
             quod
             turpe
             ,
             aut
             non
             sit
             honestum
             ;
          
           
             Est
             vitae
             ,
             ac
             pariter
             janua
             lingua
             necis
             .
          
           
             Ingens
             crede
             nefas
             cuiquam
             maledicta
             referre
             ,
          
           
             Jurare
             aut
             magni
             numina
             sacra
             Dei.
          
           
             Denique
             servabis
             res
             omnes
             ,
             atque
             libellos
             ,
          
           
             Et
             tecum
             quoties
             ísque
             redísque
             feres
             .
          
           
             Effuge
             vel
             causas
             ,
             faciunt
             quaecunque
             nocentem
             ,
          
           
             In
             quibus
             &
             nobis
             displicuisse
             potes
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
         
         
         
         
         
      
       
         Notes, typically marginal, from the original text
         
           Notes for div A48562-e1120
           
             A
             Noun
             .
          
           
             A
             Noun
             two
             sorts
             .
          
           
             Nouns
             of
             Substantive
             .
          
           
             A
             Noun
             Adjective
             .
          
           
             Two
             kinds
             of
             Nouns
             substantives
             .
          
           
             Nominative
             case
             .
          
           
             Genitive
             .
          
           
             Dative
             .
          
           
             Accusative
             .
          
           
             Vocative
             .
          
           
             Ablative
             .
          
           
             I.
             
          
           
             Haec
             mensa
             .
          
           
             Hic
             Poeta
             .
          
           
             Hic
             &
             haec
             verna
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             II.
             
          
           
             Hic
             vir
             .
          
           
             Hic
             liber
             .
          
           
             Haec
             colus
             .
          
           
             Hic
             logos
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             damnum
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             malum
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             verbum
             .
          
           
             III.
             
          
           
             Hic
             pater
             .
          
           
             Hic
             panis
             .
          
           
             Hic
             opus
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             caput
             .
          
           
             Haec
             nubes
             .
          
           
             Hic
             vel
             haec
             bubo
             .
          
           
             Haec
             virtus
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             animal
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             cubile
             .
          
           
             Hoc
             calcar
             .
          
           
             IV.
             
          
           
             Hic
             Gradus
             .
          
           
             Haec
             porticus
             
          
           
             Hoc
             cornu
             .
          
           
             V.
             
          
           
             Haec
             res
             .
          
           
             Haec
             facies
             .
          
           
             Haec
             acies
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Niger
             ,
             a
             ,
             um
             .
             Tardus
             ,
             a
             ,
             um
             .
          
           
             Satur
             ,
             a
             ,
             um
             .
          
           
             An
             except
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Alius
             hath
             aliud
             neut
             .
          
           
             Ingens
             ,
          
           
             Solers
             ,
          
           
             Capax
             ,
          
           
             Vetus
             
          
           
             Levis
             &
             leve
             .
          
           
             Celer
             celeris
             &
             celere
             .
          
           
             Melior
             &
             melius
             .
          
           
             Three
             degrees
             of
             comparison
             .
          
           
             The
             positive
             .
          
           
             The
             comparative
             .
          
           
             The
             superlative
             .
          
           
             Exception
             .
          
           
             Ater
             .
          
           
             Teter
             .
          
           
             Acer
             .
          
           
             Igneus
             .
          
           
             Impius
             .
          
           
             Arduus
             ▪
             Strenuus
             
          
        
         
           Notes for div A48562-e6900
           
             There
             be
             fifteen
             pronouns
             .
          
           
             Primitives
             .
          
           
             Demonstratives
             .
          
           
             Relatives
             .
          
           
             Derivatives
             .
          
           
             Five
             things
             belonging
             to
             a
             pronoun
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             declension
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             declension
             .
          
           
             The
             compound
             of
             Quis.
             
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             The
             third
             declension
             .
          
           
             The
             fourth
             declension
             .
          
           
             Note
             .
          
           
             Persons
             three
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A48562-e9510
           
             A
             verb.
             
          
           
             Verbs
             Personals
             .
          
           
             Active
             .
          
           
             Passive
             .
          
           
             Neuter
             .
          
           
             Deponent
             .
          
           
             Commune
             .
          
           
             Moods
             six
             .
          
           
             Indicative
             .
          
           
             Imperative
             .
          
           
             Optative
             .
          
           
             Potential
             .
          
           
             Subjunctive
             .
          
           
             Infinitive
             ,
          
           
             Gerunds
             three
             ;
             Di
             ,
             Do
             ,
             dum
             .
          
           
             Supines
             two
             ,
             in
             um
             ,
             and
             u.
             
          
           
             Tenses
             five
             .
          
           
             Present
             tense
             .
          
           
             Preterimperfect
             .
          
           
             Preterperfect
             .
          
           
             Preterpluperfect
             .
          
           
             Future
             .
          
           
             Persons
             three
             .
          
           
             Conjugations
             four
             .
          
           
             1
             
          
           
             2
             
          
           
             3
             
          
           
             4
             
          
           
             Tenses
             formed
             of
             the
             preterperfect
             tense
             .
          
           
             Impersonals
             .
          
        
         
           Notes for div A48562-e25280
           
             Four
             kinds
             of
             participles
             .
          
           
             Present
             tense
             .
          
           
             The
             first
             Future
             tense
             in
             rus
             .
          
           
             Preter
             tense
             .
          
           
             The
             second
             Future
             tense
             in
             dus
             .
          
           
             Of
             an
             active
             come
             two
             participles
             .
          
           
             Of
             a
             passive
             come
             two
             .
          
           
             Of
             a
             deponent
             three
             .
          
           
             Of
             a
             commune
             four
             .
          
           
             Participles
             declined
             like
             Adjectives
             .